Academic Catalog 2011 - 2012

175 YEARS OF A.S.F.A.

Athens School of Fine ArtsDEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTSwww.asfa.gr

1

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

175 ASFAYEAR

S OF

Research, editing, coordination:Manolis Baboussis,Associate Professor, Vice-Rector

Documentation, texts:Kalliopi Kanellou, Academic Affairs DirectorMaria Papageorgiou, Department of Studies & Student WelfareKonstantina Spyropoulou, Senate and Rector’s Council Secretary

Photographs:Manolis Baboussis archivesGiorgos TotskasA.S.F.A. Studios archives

Translation, proofreading:Alexandros KaratzasNassia Dinopoulou

Layout, printing, binding:Dekalogos, Graphic Arts

Athens School of Fine ArtsDEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS

acad

emic

cata

log

ww

w.a

sfa.

gr

2011-2012

Rector’s greetingForeword by the Department’s Chairman

1. THE ATHENS SCHOOL OF FINE ARTSHistorical overview of the A.S.F.A.About the A.S.F.A.Rectorial authoritiesReshaping the Greek Higher Education – Transitional provisions

2. THE DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTSDepartment overviewThe Department in numbersAdmission to the Department: Terms &conditionsSpecial admission examinationsAdmission by means of “classifyingexaminations”RegistrationStudent status

3. UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES –STUDIES REGULATIONUndergraduate studies – Studies regulationExamination periodsStudent projectsEducational field tripsThe Department’s SecretariatVisiting hours

4. STUDIOS’ & COURSES’ SYLLABUS

• 1st Studio, Director: Zacharias Arvanitis

• 2nd Studio, Director: Georgios-Thomas Lazongas

• 3rd Studio, Director: Marios Spiliopoulos

• 4th Studio, Director: Panagiotis Charalambous

• 5th Studio, Director: Dimitrios Sakellion

• 6th Studio, Director: Triantafyllos Patraskidis

• 7th Studio, Director: Jannis Psychopedis

• 8th Studio, Director: Anastassios Christakis

• 9th Studio, Director: Nikolaos Navridis

• 1st Studio, Director: Nikolaos Tranos

• 2nd Studio, Director: Georgios Lappas

• 3rd Studio, Director: Georgios Houliaras

• 1st Studio, Director: Michalis Arfaras

• 2nd Studio, Director: Vassiliki Tsalamata

• 1. Bronze casting – Plaster working, Supervisor: Markos Georgilakis

• 2. Ceramics, Supervisor: Pavlos Paltoglou

• 3. Drawing, Supervisor: Georgios Kazazis

• 4. Elements of Painting, Supervisor: Aristotelis Tzakos

• 5. Elements of Printmaking, Supervisors: Ioannis Gourzis (1st Studio), Vassiliki Tsalamata (2nd Studio)

• 6. Elements of Sculpture, Supervisor: Nikolaos Tranos

• 7. Fresco and Portable Icons Technique, Supervisor: Pavlos Samios

• 8. Graphic Arts, Typography, andthe Art of Book, Supervisor: Leoni Vidali-Lambrinakou

911

1213161618

21222325

2526

2727

30

313132323233

343536

38

39

41

46

47

49

51

53

5758

61

62

6466

68

7172

72

73

74

75

76

80

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

• 9. Mosaic, Supervisor: Daphne Aggelidou

• 10. Multimedia-Hypermedia and Video Art, Supervisor: Matthaios Santorinaios

• 11. Photography: Forms of the analogand digital photographic imagein contemporary art,Supervisor: Manolis Baboussis

• 12. Stage Design, Supervisor: Efthalia Pezanou

• 13. Foreign language

Courses of the Department of Art Theoryand History of Art also offered at theDepartment of Fine Arts

5. UNDERGRADUATE STUDIESCURRICULUM –ACADEMIC YEAR 2011-2012Curriculum per semester of studiesNotes on the Undergraduate Studies Curriculum

6. POSTGRADUATE STUDIESPROGRAMMES (P.S.P.s)“Master in Digital Art Forms” P.S.P.“Master in Visual Arts” P.S.P.“Master in Art, Virtual Reality & Multi-User Means of Artistic Expression” P.S.P.

7. A.S.F.A. EDUCATIONALINFRASTRUCTURELibraryExhibition venuesArt exhibitions & other activitiesof the A.S.F.A.AuditoriumTheatre hall – Cinema hallGardenThe A.S.F.A. GalleryThe A.S.F.A. Annexes

8. A.S.F.A. SPECIAL SERVICESSpecial Research Funds AccountEmployment & Career Structure (E.C.S.)Careers OfficeErasmus OfficeNetwork services

9. STUDENT WELFAREHealth careHospitalisationCateringAccommodationStudent accommodation allowanceStudent transport passScholarships – BequestsFree distribution of booksSports activitiesCultural activitiesUse of premises & equipmentCessation of student benefits

10. ACADEMIC STAFF OF THEDEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTSTeaching & Research Staff (T&R Staff)T&R Staff Biographical NotesAdjunct Professors (P.D. 407/1980)Specialised & Laboratory Teaching Staff(S&LT Staff)Specialised Technical Laboratory Staff(STL Staff)Professors Emeriti & Honorary ProfessorsHonorary Doctors

11. GENERAL I NA.S.F.A. Administrative ServicesContact informationLocation – Campuses

Colour pages 97-112: Graduates’ artworks

205206206206207209

213214214215216218219219221221221221221

225

226228246247

248

249249

251252252258

83

84

91

94

94

95

113

114129

134

136149157

163

165169176

178183184187188

8

9

RECTOR’S GREETING

Dear students,

The 2011-2012 Academic Catalog of the Department of Fine Arts of theAthens School of Fine Arts (A.S.F.A.) is a valuable tool which now reachesyour hands, and a helpful one for everyone interested in studying Art inGreece. It provides all the information on the identity, overall structure,operation and curriculum of the Department, as well as a comprehensiveguide of the obligations and rights arising from your student status, alongwith the services and facilities offered to you during your studies at theA.S.F.A. In this sense, the publication of a courses’ catalog is always indis-pensable, an obligation toward the students every academic institutionhas to meet; and in our case, all the more so, since graphic design fallswithin the scope of the studies offered. As a result, such a publication isexpected to be of outstanding quality, reflecting and even highlighting theparticular identity and vitality of the A.S.F.A. – Greece’s first and premierart school, established 175 years ago.

Dear students,

These are extremely harsh times for all of us in Greece; the present is atrying time, an ordeal if you will, accompanied by a sense of loss, but it isalso “History in the making”. In the great adventure of Art, “the real life isan enterprise always ‘in the red’”* – that’s all I have to say with regard tothe economic indices, the oppressing fiscal measures, the suffocating“bail-outs” and the “fluctuating returns” of a system we have to bear with,in its most profound crisis.

10

On the occasion of this short greeting, I would like to wish you a happyand productive academic year, rich in new experiences and knowledge. Iam sure that the choice that you made and your own perseverance in at-taining your goals, together with the members of this institution’s teachingstaff – the professors of the courses and the instructors of the art studios– and its long history are the perfect combination ensuring a new impetusfor the A.S.F.A. and the shaping of a brighter future.

Giorgos HarvaliasRector of the A.S.F.A.

* Arthur Schopenhauer.

11

FOREWORD

The English-speaking edition of the Department of Fine Arts’ AcademicCatalog in your hands comes to fill a gap of several years since the lastpublication of this kind.

The team that worked for this catalog put a particular effort in order toprovide a publication of the highest possible informative and aestheticvalue. I think that everyone already studying or wishing to pursue his stud-ies at the A.S.F.A. has now an up-to-date academic calendar and coursescatalog, answering every question on the operation of the Department ofFine Arts and both its undergraduate and postgraduate curricula.

I always thought that one’s involvement with Art makes one a better per-son. Today, during these hard times, this comes as a pressing necessity –while offering us a core of resistance against the ever-increasing chal-lenges we are facing.

I would like to wish all of our students a successful and fruitful academicyear 2011-2012.

Aristotelis TzakosChairman of the

Department of Fine Arts

12

The

Athe

ns S

choo

lof

Fin

e Ar

ts

13

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

HISTORICAL OVERVIEWOF THE A.S.F.A.

The history of the A.S.F.A. virtually coincideswith the history of the Modern Greek State.The forerunner of the A.S.F.A. was the“School for the Arts”, the Royal Decree forthe founding of which was published in theOfficial Gazette on December 31, 1836(January 12, 1837). The School was modelledafter its western European counterparts,especially those of Bavaria and France.

Initially, the School operated only onSundays and bank holidays, and it admittedstudents regardless of age and educationallevel, without having any selectionprocedure. It was a one-year course and theinstruction was gratuitous. Its curriculumincluded sketching (drawing and geometricaltracery), mathematics, modelling andelementary architecture and, later on,calligraphy. The School’s first appointedPrincipal (“Governor”) was a Captain of theCorps of Engineers, Friedrich von Zentner.

The “Royal School of Arts & Crafts” (or“Polytechnic School”, as the School was alsoknown) was temporarily housed in aresidence on Pireos street. The appointedday for inauguration was October 17, 1837.Because of the massive turn-out ofcandidates, the School was soon rejectingseveral entry applications. The firstappointed teachers of sketching were theDanish Hansen brothers. However, the firstbona fide art course was probably

introduced in the curriculum in 1840 andwas closely connected with the artisticdispositions of Sophie de Marbois-Lebrun,also known as the “Duchess of Plaisance”,who sought to the invitation of PierreBonirote, a painter from Lyon who hadstudied under Ingres. In 1842, theemployment of Philippos Margaritis, whowas to teach elementary painting, coincidedwith the opening of a daily attendanceSchool.

The outbreak of the constitutional revolutionof September 3, 1843 also affected theSchool’s operation. On October 22, 1843, aRoyal Decree was published which confirmedthe existence of three departments withinthe School: the Sunday school, for thoseprofessing “miscellaneous arts & crafts”, theDaily Attendance school, for “industrialcraftsmen”, and the Higher school, “for theeveryday instruction of the beautiful arts”.Here it is provided that the School will offerinstruction in art, from painting throughsculpting to engraving. In January 1844, thearchitect Lyssandros Kautantzoglou takesover as new Principal of the School. Thatsame year, a course in the History of theVisual Arts and Painting Interpretation wasintroduced into the curriculum, taught byGrigorios Papadopoulos, a Classical Scholar.Soon after, a new, “innovative” course wasintroduced: a course on photography, taughtby Philippos Margaritis.

14

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

In 1894, the “Polytechnic School” had tocope with the issue of women’s attendance.As a result, a “Department of Graphic andPlastic Arts for young ladies” wasestablished; it was eventually abolished in1901, when co-education was allowed.

The important step towards the formationof a bona fide School of Fine Arts was madeafter the military coup of 1909. A bill thatwas passed in February 1910administratively separated the ArtDepartment from the Industrial ArtsDepartment, allowing the former to becomeself-governed. Georgios Iakovidis, Curator ofthe Gallery, was the first Principal of theautonomous School of Fine Arts, whichnevertheless continued to operate within theframework of the “Metsovion Polytechnic”(as the School had been officially named, inthe meantime, in honour of the “nationalbenefactors” from Metsovo).

In 1914, the Metsovion Polytechnic –nownamed National– was legislativelyaccredited as an institute of highereducation. A new Law regulated the

operation of the School of Fine Arts. As faras the organisational structure of theinstitution is concerned, a selectionprocedure for hiring teaching staff isestablished, adopting an open invitationsystem instead of directly employing staffmembers.

Iakovidis is to be succeeded, as Principal, bythe sculptor Konstantinos Dimitriadis, who,however, is appointed by decree. The Law4791, passed on July 3, 1930, accredited theSchool, granting to it academicindependence. Thus, the Athens School ofFine Arts, which began as an art departmentof the “School for the Arts”, severed theumbilical cord attaching it to the Polytechnicand evolved to an independent educationalinstitution. By the same Law, the A.S.F.A.Annexes and its Studios are also established,the latter (already provided in a 1923 lawand operating unofficially since the mid-1920s) being to this day the educational“nucleus” of the Department of Fine Arts. Inorder to enrol at a Studio, candidates mustpass the admission examinations. In 1939,the chair of History of Art is officially

1932, Argyros studio.The group includes Georgopoulos, Varlas, Almaliotis,Maïdis, Sofianopoulos, Nikolaou, Antoniadou-Vakirtzi,Pomonis, and Kachrimanis.

June 1961.Georgiadis, Mavroïdis, Pappas, Moralis, with a groupof students.

15

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

established; Pantelis Prevelakis succeedsZacharias Papantoniou (who taughtAesthetics and History of Art) and holds thatchair for 35 years.

World War II, the German Occupation andthe Greek Civil War, during the 1940s, forcedthe School to under-function. Dimitriadis,who died in 1943, was succeeded byEpameinondas Thomopoulos.

In 1947, Yiannis Moralis succeedsKonstantinos Parthenis. From 1950 to 1970,professors such as the painters GeorgiosMavroïdis and Spyros Papaloukas, thesculptors Yiannis Pappas, DimitrisKalamaras, Thanassis Apartis, the engraverKonstantinos Grammatopoulos, and thearchitect Pavlos Mylonas are a credit to theSchool by their teaching work and merepresence. In 1960, the “Practice Workshops”,i.e. today’s Elective Studio Courses, areestablished. Elli Voïla-Laskari, teaching atthe time at the Mosaic Studio, becomes thefirst female member of the School’steaching staff. During the 1967-1974dictatorship, A.S.F.A. students participated inthe resistance against the military junta,while no A.S.F.A. professor collaborated withthe Colonels’ regime.

Following the restoration of Democracy,“new blood” joins the School’s teaching staff,namely artists such as Panayiotis Tetsis,Dimosthenis Kokkinidis, Nikos Kessanlis,Dimitris Mytaras, Georgios Nikolaïdis, IliasDekoulakos, Thanassis Exarchopoulos, aswell as the architect Savvas Kontaratos;thus all tendencies of modern art arerepresented, both in theory (enriched by theincorporation of the “Introduction toPhilosophy and Aesthetics” course, taught byPavlos Christodoulidis) and practice (i.e. atthe Studios).

Pantelis Prevelakis retired in 1974 and wassucceeded by Marina Lambraki-Plaka, whobecame the School’s first female appointedProfessor. In 1992, the painter RenaPapaspyrou becomes the first female StudioDirector.

A turning point in the School’s evolutioncomes during the rectorial term (since 1977,the School’s Principal is to become a“Rector”, according to the PresidentialDecree 741/1977) of Panayiotis Tetsis, whenthe Greek State cedes to the A.S.F.A. the oldtextile factory of the Sikiaridis family, atPireos street. This building complex will beput in use under the rectorial term of NikosKessanlis; today, it houses the greater partof the School’s activities. In 1998, the“Master in Digital Art forms” PostgraduateStudies Programme is established, followedin 2004 by the “Master in Visual Arts” P.S.P.

In 1991, the Presidential Decree 486/1991provides for the establishment of the“Department of Theoretical Art Studies”;known today as the “Department of ArtTheory and History of Art”, the newDepartment admitted students for the firsttime during the academic year 2006-2007.

Nikos Daskalothanassis,Associate Professor,

Department of Art Theory & History of Art,Athens School of Fine Arts

16

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

ABOUT THE A.S.F.A.

The Athens School of Fine Arts (A.S.F.A.) is a HigherEducation Institution (H.E.I. or “A.E.I.” as these areknown in Greece); it operates as a self-managed PublicEntity.The Greek State supervises the above Institution bymeans of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learningand Religious Affairs. In order to perform its mission,the A.S.F.A., as is the case with all H.E.I.s, is subsidisedby the Greek State, according to general rules andprinciples established jointly by the State and theInstitution, taking into consideration the 4-yearacademic & development plans, and the relevantagreements executed in the context of said plans.

The A.S.F.A. consists of two Departments:the Department of Fine Arts, andthe Department of Art Theory and History of Art

RECTORIAL AUTHORITIES

RectorAssociate ProfessorGiorgos Harvalias

Vice-Rectorof Academic Affairs, Research, and PersonnelProfessor Panagiotis Charalambous

Vice-Rectorof Financial Programming, Development, andInternational RelationsAssociate Professor Manolis Baboussis

In performing his duties, the Rector is assisted by two(2) Vice-Rectors, the Vice-Rector of FinancialProgramming, Development, and International Relations,and the Vice-Rector of Academic Affairs, Research, andPersonnel, respectively vested the responsibilitiesassigned to them by the Rector’s Council.The term of the above authorities expires on August 31,2014.

RESHAPING THE GREEK HIGHEREDUCATION – TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

The legal framework governing the operationof the Greek H.E.I.s was recently modified bymeans of the Law 4009, of September 6,2011, on the “Structure, operation, assuranceof quality of the studies, and internationalisa-tion of the Higher Education Institutions”.

The main changes brought on by said lawwith respect to the structure of the HigherEducation Institutions are as follows:Each Institution is constituted by Faculties,which are the main administrative and aca-demic units. The Department is the basiceducational unit; it organises teaching withinthe framework of a particular programme ofstudies and consists of all professors of theFaculty who teach in the particular pro-gramme of studies in question.

The bodies of the Institution are:a) the Council, which is vested with decisiveresponsibilities; it consists of internal andexternal members;b) the Rector, who is elected following an in-ternational call for expression of interest;c) the Senate, which is mainly vested withacademic responsibilities.

The bodies of the Faculty are the Dean, theDean’s Council and the General Assembly,while the bodies of the Department are theChairman (Director) and the Assembly.The bodies of the Faculty of PostgraduateStudies are the Dean, the Dean’s Council, theHead (Director) of the Postgraduate StudiesProgramme and the Teaching Staff of thePostgraduate Studies Programme.

The academic ranks have now three levels:professors, associate professors and assis-tant professors.

The studies are organised into three cycles: The first cycle involves attending a pro-gramme of studies that includes courses cor-responding to a minimum of 180ECTS-credits, and leads to the awarding ofan academic degree.The second cycle involves attending a pro-gramme of postgraduate studies; such aprogramme includes courses correspondingto a minimum of 60 ECTS-credits and leadsto the awarding of a postgraduate degree.The third cycle involves attending a pro-gramme of doctoral studies; such a pro-gramme includes courses corresponding to aminimum of 30 ECTS-credits and the sub-mission of a doctoral thesis.

The specific principles and rules of opera-tion, the organisation and the particulargoals of each Institution, within the frame-work set by the new law, are specified by itsOrganisational Chart and Internal Rules ofOperation.

According to the transitional provisions, theCouncil to be formed would initiate, startingfrom February 1st, 2012, the procedure forelecting a new Rector, according to the pro-visions of the new law. The terms of all Rec-tors and Vice-Rectors elected according tothe provisions still in effect at the time thenew law was published in the OfficialGazette are to expire on August 31, 2012, onwhich date the Rectors elected according tothe provisions of the new law will assumetheir duties. Until the new Rectors assumetheir duties, the active Rectors and Vice-Rec-tors, as well as the existing Rector’s Councilwill continue to assume their duties, accord-ing to the provisions still in effect at thetime the new law was published in theOfficial Gazette.

18

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

1. Τ

HE A

THEN

SSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS

A view of the “Nikos Kessanlis” (a.k.a. “The Factory”) venue,during the exhibition of works from the Dakis Joannou Collection,titled Everything That’s Interesting Is New, held in 1996 in collaborationwith the DESTE Foundation for Contemporary Art.

The

Dep

artm

ent o

f Fin

e Ar

ts

21

22

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. TH

E DEp

ARTm

ENT O

F FIN

E ART

S

DEPARTMENT OVERVIEW

The basic training unit and virtually the“core” of the Department of Fine Arts is theart Studio, which, over the years, hasbecome synonymous with the studies at andeven the very identity of the A.S.F.A. EachStudio, by means of its own syllabus, initiallyfamiliarises students with the visual art“language” and its means, shapes theirvisual and theoretic culture, and ultimatelyexpands their critical thinking in the fields ofcreation and artistic expression. The artStudio does not just convey to studentspractical knowledge on various techniques –but a certain idea of Art, a certain view,which can be totally different from the –equally valuable– one proposed by anotherStudio. The operation of several Studios –with, potentially, as many different point ofviews on art issues– reflects, on the arteducation provided by the Department, thepluralism of modern artistic expression, aswell as the freedom of choice students enjoyat the A.S.F.A. As a matter of fact, theDepartment’s curriculum gives its studentsthe opportunity to not only initially opt forbut also change the Studio they attend,according to their own interests andpersonal needs, in pursuit of their personalartistic voice.

To this day, the Department of Fine Artsconsists of three (3) Divisions:Painting Division, Sculpture Division andPrintmaking Division.

The Painting Division operates nine (9)Studios, the Sculpture Division operatesthree (3) Studios, and the PrintmakingDivision operates two (2) Studios. TheDepartment’s Curriculum also includeselective studio and lecture courses.

Since its establishment, and to this day,many of the Department’s Studios make useof life models in the study of the humanbody. In the context of a broader syllabus,the study of the human form remains to thisday an exercise of particular significance.

The duration of studies in the Department ofFine Arts is five years (or 10 semesters).During the last two (2) semesters, studentswork on their diploma dissertation, under theguidance and supervision of the Director ofthe Studio they attend and its otherTeaching & Research Staff members.

Upon completion of their studies, studentsare awarded by the Department of Fine Artsa common “Diploma in Fine Arts” (Bachelorof Arts), further mentioning their Divisionoption: a) Painting, b) Sculpture, and c)Printmaking.Graduates who have attended andsucceeded in the relevant special lecturecourses are entitled to teach Art in theSecondary Education.

To this day, the Department operates two (2)Postgraduate Studies Programmes (P.S.P.s),leading to the awarding of a “PostgraduateSpecialisation Diploma” or Master’s Degree:

• The “Master in Digital Art forms” P.S.P.,since 1998.• The “Master in Visual Arts” P.S.P., since2004.

THE DEPARTMENT IN NUMBERS

23

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. T

HE D

EpAR

TmEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

TEACHING & RESEARCH (T&R) STAFF

(Full) Professors

Associate Professors

Assistant Professors

Lecturers

Total

OTHER STAFF

Adjunct Professors (Presidential Decree407/1980) (Allocated funds for 7, re-allocatedto 27 part-time Adjunct Professors)

Specialised & Laboratory Teaching (S&LT)Staff

Specialised Technical Laboratory (STL) Staff

Administrative Staff of the Department’sSecretariat

MaleFemaleMaleFemaleMaleFemaleMaleFemale

52670634347011311770119

106

12

8

13

7

40

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS

2009-20102010-2011

Painting Division

Sculpture Division

Printmaking Division

Students admitted in 2010-2011Students graduating in 2009-2010

Graduates of accredited foreign Institutions referred by the National Academic RecognitionInformation Center, in order to be examined in a number of additional (up to 10) coursesin the Department of Fine Arts, with a view to achieving the recognition of their title asequivalent of the A.S.F.A. Diploma.

1,2291,232

813

230

189

99100

27

7

8

5

Master inVisual Arts

POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS

Postgraduate Studies Programmes

Active students in2010-2011

Graduates

Master inDigital Art forms 45

103

18

40

25

SPECIAL ADMISSION EXAMINATIONS

Due to the particular nature of the disciplinetaught in the Department of Fine Arts of theA.S.F.A., i.e. the art field, its admissionexaminations are exempted from thegeneral Pan-Hellenic National Examinationsscheme. Thus, the Department conductsspecial admission examinations, accordingto the Φ.151/2995/Β6/13.1.2010 decision ofthe Minister of Education, Lifelong Learningand Religious Affairs (Official Gazette55/2010 vol.2).

• The admission examinations areconducted by the Admission ExaminationsCommittee, which consists of all themembers of the Department’s T&R Staffwith the academic rank of (Full) Professorand Associate Professor, plus one (1) T&RStaff member with the academic rank ofAssistant Professor and one (1) T&R Staffmember with the academic rank of Lecturer,who are periodically (or annually) appointedby the Senate.

• Candidates for admission to theDepartment’s 1st year of studies executevisual artworks after various compositions-models: life models or still life objects orboth.The Admission Examinations Committeeselects and sets the models in theexamination halls. For each test, candidatesare free to choose one or more models,except in the case of tests determined asmandatory by the Admission ExaminationsCommittee. The examinations take placeover a period of 5 days.

• The artworks executed by the candidatesare as follows:(a) Drawings in charcoal, pencil, ink (drawingmaterials).(b) Colour on paper, in tempera, water colour,acrylic paint, or pastel.The paper is provided by the Department,while all other (drawing and colour painting)materials are brought by the candidates.From the total of works executed, candidatesfinally select and submit:(a) one or two (1-2) drawings executed in thecontext of the life-drawing exercise;(b) one or two (1-2) colour works executed inthe context of the colour life-drawing exercise;(c) one work the subject of which is to bedictated to the candidates, after beingdrawn as a lot among three (3) such subjectsset by the Committee on the fourth day ofthe examinations. Such exercise is executedfreely by the candidates, who can opt for adrawing or a colour work, and finally submitone (1) work;(d) one work in the context of the “freesubject-composition” exercise, executed bythe candidates, who are free to opt betweena drawing and a colour work.

• Each member of the AdmissionExaminations Committee grades the totalworks of each candidate, using a wholenumber from 1 to 10 (10 being themaximum and 5 being the minimum gradefor success).The candidate’s general grade is the sum ofgrades given by the members of theAdmission Examinations Committee dividedby the number of those members.For candidates to be admitted, a minimumgeneral grade of 5 must be achieved.

ADMISSION TO THE DEPARTMENT: TERMS & CONDITIONS

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. T

HE D

EpAR

TmEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

26

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. T

HE D

EpAR

TmEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

ADMISSION BY MEANS OF“CLASSIFYING EXAMINATIONS”

The number of holders of a Higher Educationacademic degree that can be admitted tothe Department in pursuit of a 2nd academicdegree, by means of the “ClassifyingExaminations” scheme, depends on (is agiven percentage of) the number of studentsadmitted each year in the Department,according to Article 15, par. 1 and 2 of Law3404/2005.

“Classifying Examinations” admissionpercentagesA. Graduates of Greek Higher EducationInstitutions or equivalent accredited foreignInstitutions, and of the Military and LawEnforcement Academies, at a percentageof 2%.B. Graduates of Greek Higher TechnicalEducation Institutions or equivalentaccredited foreign Institutions, and of theformer “K.A.T.E.E.” & “S.E.L.E.T.E.”institutions, at a percentage of 5%.C. Graduates of other Higher EducationInstitutions, of at least 2 years of studies,depending directly from the Ministry ofEducation and other Ministries, as well asholders of equivalent degrees, at apercentage of 2%.The graduate candidates are selected foradmission by means of the “Classifyingexaminations”.The Department’s Council decides on andsets in advance, during the previousacademic year, the procedure of admittingstudents through this scheme, the semesterof studies such students would be admittedin, the disciplines in which they would beexamined, the Classifying ExaminationsCommittee and the members of the gradingjury, as well as the member examiningeventual appeals.

Classifying Examinations CommitteeThe 7-member Classifying ExaminationsCommittee consists of:• The Department’s Chairman• Six members of the Department’s T&RStaff (two for each examined discipline). Incase of vacancies, members of the T&RStaff of other Departments, teaching thesame or similar field, can be appointed tothe Committee.The members of the ClassifyingExaminations Committee participate in theprocess of selecting the subjects to beexamined.

Examination exercises1. Candidates for admission in the PaintingDivision of the Department of Fine Artscompete in the following:(a) a colour work life-drawing exercise on70x100cm canvas;(b) a free-composition drawing exercise, ona subject to be announced on the day of theexamination, on 70x100cm canvas or papersheet;(c) on the last day of the examinations,candidates must submit a portfoliocontaining at least 15 original works oftheirs.2. Candidates for admission in theSculpture or Printmaking Divisions of theDepartment of Fine Arts compete in thefollowing:(a) a life-drawing exercise on 70x100cmcanvas;(b) a free-composition drawing exercise, ona subject to be announced on the day of theexamination, on 70x100cm canvas or papersheet;(c) on the last day of the examinations,candidates must submit a portfoliocontaining at least 15 original works oftheirs.With a view to their participation in the saidexaminations, candidates of all the above

27

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. T

HE D

EpAR

TmEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

categories must bring along all materials tobe used (i.e. canvas, paper sheet, drawingand painting materials, and a 70x100drawing board).

Supporting documents1. An application by the candidate.2. A copy of the candidate’s academicdegree.(a) In case of foreign H.E.I. graduates,candidates should also submit an AcademicTitle Equivalence Certificate issued by theNational Academic Recognition InformationCenter (54, Aghiou Konstantinou str., 10437, Athens).In case no equivalent discipline is recognisedfor a given academic degree, the Council ofthe Department of Fine Arts is responsiblefor deliberating on the eventual equivalenceof said title.(b) In case of graduates of accreditedHigher Technical Education InstitutionDepartments, candidates should also submitan Academic Title Equivalence Certificateissued by the Higher Technical EducationAdministration Directorate of the Ministry ofEducation, Lifelong Learning and ReligiousAffairs.3. Two (2) ID card photos.4. Their ID card or passport or certifiedphotocopy thereof.

Graduates wishing to be admitted to theDepartment of Fine Arts by means of the“Classifying Examinations” scheme shouldsubmit (or send by post) their applicationand supporting documents to theDepartment’s Secretariat within thedeadlines announced by the Secretariat.Each academic year, the “ClassifyingExaminations” are held in December.

REGISTRATION

1. Students should renew each semestertheir registration to the Department.Registrations for the Fall semester are madeduring the second half of September, andregistrations for the Spring semester aremade during the second half of March.2. After the announcement of theexamination results, candidates whosucceeded in the A.S.F.A. admissionexaminations should submit to theDepartment’s Secretariat an application,mentioning, in order of preference, theStudios they wish to attend. Each Studioadmits a number of new students applyingfor said Studio as a first option, up to itscapacity. In case such capacity is met, theprocess is repeated with the student’ssecond choice, and so on.3. In case applications for a requiredelective studio course exceed the Studio’scapacity, admissions to the Studio are madeby drawing lots; remaining students are freeto opt for any other required elective studiocourse.4. Registration of students who have faileda studio course and must be re-examinedshould be made within five (5) daysfollowing the announcement of theexaminations results. Registration ofstudents of other categories should be madewithin the respective deadlines in effect.

STUDENT STATUS

1. Student status is gained uponregistration at the Department and lastsuntil the student’s graduation.2. The maximum period of studies, in thecase of undergraduate studies, cannotexceed a period corresponding to theminimum number of semesters of studiesneeded for the awarding of the academic

28

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

2. T

HE D

EpAR

TmEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

degree, multiplied by a factor of 2. Inextraordinary cases, it is possible forstudents, after a relevant decision by theSenate, and following a fully foundedrecommendation by the Department’sGeneral Assembly and a relevant applicationby the interested student, to prolong theirmaximum period of studies for up to two (2)semesters.3. During the September examinationperiod, students may be examined in thecourses of both (Fall and Spring) semestersof the current academic year, while duringthe February examination period, students,apart from the courses of the Fall semester,may also be examined in the courses of thelast Spring semester. During the Juneexamination period, students are onlyexamined in the Spring semester courses.4. In case of a failed required course,students are expected to re-attend thecourse. In case of a failed elective requiredcourse, students are expected to either re-attend the course during a followingsemester or replace it, by opting for anotherelective course.5. Students are entitled to suspend theirstudies, following a written application tothe Department’s Secretariat, for as many(consecutive or not) semesters they wish,although for a number of semesters notexceeding the minimum number ofsemesters of studies needed for theawarding of the academic degree, accordingto the Department’s Curriculum. Thesemesters during which studies aresuspended do not count in the abovementioned maximum duration of studies.Students suspending their studies, accordingto the above mentioned regulations, losetheir student status for as long as theirstudies are suspended. Following thecessation of the suspension period, studentsmay re-register at the Department.

Undergraduate studies Studies regulation

UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES – STUDIES REGULATION

31

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

3. U

NDER

GRAD

UATE

STUD

IES –

STUD

IES RE

GULA

TION

Teaching is divided in semester-long coursesand includes: 1) the actual teaching of acourse, 2) tutorials and tutorial exercises, 3)studio exercises and, more generally, thestudents’ practice, and 4) the supervision ofdiploma dissertations and the holding ofseminars and/or other similar activities aim-ing at expanding and deepening the stu-dents’ knowledge.

The distribution of semester-long courses tothe respective semesters reflects the normalsituation for students regularly pursuingtheir studies, taking into consideration theminimum of semesters required for theawarding of the academic degree, and alsothe chain of prerequisite courses andcourses depending on prerequisites (both aredefined when establishing the Curriculum).Students submit their preferences of re-quired elective courses to the Department’sSecretariat at the beginning of eachsemester, and at dates specified by theDepartment’s General Assembly.The Department’s Curriculum details thetitles of the required, required elective andelective lecture and studio courses, theirsyllabuses, the weekly teaching (in any form)hours, as well as the succession and/orinterdependence between courses.

Each semester-long course corresponds to anumber of (Greek education system) “cred-its”. Each “Greek credit” corresponds to one(1) teaching hour per week for the durationof one semester, in the case of teaching-only courses, and one (1) to three (3) teach-ing or practice hours per week for theduration of one semester for the otherforms of teaching, according to the relevant

decisions by the Department’s General As-sembly. The Department’s Curriculum speci-fies the minimum of Greek credits requiredfor the awarding of the academic degree.

The Department’s General Assembly is thecompetent body for establishing the Depart-ment’s Curriculum. The Curriculum is revisedannually, every April, by the Curriculum Com-mittee (consisting of members of and ap-pointed by the Department’s GeneralAssembly, for a 1-year term), which makesthe relevant recommendations to the Gen-eral Assembly.

In recent years, the Higher Education Institu-tions also organise their undergraduate andpostgraduate curricula according to the Eu-ropean Credit Transfer and AccumulationSystem (E.C.T.S.), so that the curricula couldbe specifically described, as to their educa-tional “components” and activities, by meansof credits, and that the students’ successfulacademic performance could be accumu-lated, transferred to and recognised by otherstudy programmes of the same or anotherH.E.I., at both national and European level.The E.C.T.S.-credits system is based on theworkload required for students to achievethe objective goals of a particular study pro-gramme, taking into consideration its learn-ing results and the knowledge, competencesand skills expected to have been gainedupon its successful completion. The GeneralAssembly is the Department’s competentbody for awarding the E.C.T.S.-credits.

Examination periodsThere are three (3) examination periods: inFebruary, June, and September.

Each course is examined at the end of the se-mester it was taught and, additionally, duringthe September period.Students are not allowed to enrol to and beexamined in required courses of later semes-ters, unless they have been successfully ex-amined in the prerequisite required coursesof earlier semesters, the syllabus of whichhas been decided by the Department’s Gen-eral Assembly to be a prerequisite for attend-ing and being examined in required coursesof later semesters, according to the Depart-ment’s Curriculum and Courses Timetable.

Following a failed examination of a prerequi-site required lecture or studio course of ear-lier semesters, the syllabus of which ismeant as a prerequisite for attending andbeing examined in required courses of latersemesters, students are allowed to enrol inthe same course during a following aca-demic semester.

Student projects1. Students execute, in the attended Studiopremises, and submit in time the studentprojects determined by their professor.2. At the end of each academic year, be-tween June 10 and 15, an exhibition of theStudio students’ projects is held, whether inthe Studio premises or at another suitablevenue of the Department. The projects to beexhibited are selected by the T&R Staff ofthe respective Studio.3. The graduating students’ diploma disser-tations, having been reviewed and graded bythe jury, are exhibited at the A.S.F.A. prem-ises for two (2) days.4. The Department’s Secretariat announcesto the students of the Department of FineArts the dates of the artworks’ exhibitionand is responsible for the smooth operationof the venues holding the exhibition duringthat time.

Educational field tripsThe Department’s Curriculum includes fieldtrips to Greece and abroad, which, in aca-demic terms, are equivalent to seminars. Thefield trips are organised by the teachingstaff and approved by the A.S.F.A. Senate.Participation in the field trips is not manda-tory; however, students are accredited two(2) Greek credits for each field trip they par-ticipate in. Erasmus students are, generally,not participating in the Department’s fieldtrips, unless the Department’s competentbodies decide otherwise, and on conditionthat this free benefit for the Department’sstudents stays within the limits of the ap-proved budget and the Institution’s annualexpenditure margins.

The Department’s SecretariatThe Secretariat of the Department of FineArts is responsible for providingadministrative and secretarial support to theDepartment’s teaching and research work,especially with regard to keeping theregistry and personal files of the students,proceeding to the students’ registration andrenewal of registration, the graduates’admission following the “Classifyingexaminations”, the organisation and holdingof term and graduating examinations, thefiling and announcement of grading notes,initiating the procedure for the awarding of“I.K.Y.” (State Scholarships Foundation)scholarships, issuing itemised grades andcertifications of enrolment and completionof studies, etc. It is also responsible forproviding information to students and thegeneral public, meeting the requirements ofthe Department’s Curriculum and keeping upwith its eventual amendments, andsupervising and coordinating theDepartment’s teaching activities, especiallywith regard to issues pertaining toforwarding to the Institution’s central

32

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

3. U

NDER

GRAD

UATE

STUD

IES –

STUD

IES RE

GULA

TION

authorities the Department’s Curriculum andCourses Timetable, allocating the use of theDepartment’s premises, supervising the freedistribution of books to students, providingsecretarial services to the Department’sbodies (General Assembly and Council) andteaching staff assessment committees, aswell as dealing with every other issueregarding the Department.

The Department’s Secretary is the head ofthe Secretariat’s staff; he or she isaccountable to the Chairman of theDepartment as to the Secretariat’s smooth,lawful and effective operation. Among otherthings, it is also his or her duty to inform thecompetent bodies of the Department on thelegislature in effect, as well as on any otherissue of legal or general administrativenature that may arise.

The Department’s Secretariat communicateswith the students by means of invitations orannouncements displayed on the relevantannouncement boards at the A.S.F.A.premises at both the Pireos str. andPatission str. campuses.

33

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

3. U

NDER

GRAD

UATE

STUD

IES –

STUD

IES RE

GULA

TION

VISITING HOURS FOR STUDENTS& THE GENERAL PUBLIC

Monday: 11.00 to 13.00Wednesday: 8.30 to 12.30Friday: 11.00 to 13.00

T: +30 210 3897110-117-118F: +30 210 3824040

Studios’&courses’ syllabus

34

35

Painting Division

Division’s Director: Nikolaos Navridis, Professor

The Painting Division is the largest division –in terms of number of studentsand teaching staff alike– of the Department of Fine Arts. It is structuredupon many division studios, the teaching work of which is complementedby the elective studio courses. The Painting Division, having secured thenecessary environment, offers its students a comprehensive education pro-gramme, which systematically cultivates their artistic personality and en-hances their research efforts in the field of art expression.At present, the operation of nine (9) different painting studios reflects theextensive pluralism of the art education offered at the A.S.F.A., in general,and the Painting Division, in particular, ensuring that its students enjoy free-dom of expression and a multitude of choices during their studies.

The Division’s annual ordinary General Assembly distributes the teachingwork to the T&R Staff, by order of academic rank, according to the provi-sions of the relevant Law and the Internal Rules of Operation, while theStudios’ Directors organise and update their respective Studios’ annualteaching programme and syllabus.The Department’s and Division’s elective studio courses also provide stu-dents with additional, specialised knowledge in a number of disciplines, ex-panding their creative experience and giving them a taste of a large arrayof fields, from specialised traditional techniques to the new media and tech-nologies used in the visual arts; thus, students undergo a multifaceted andcomprehensive art and professional education, and enjoy the respective in-creased prospects.

Note on the number of students:n = the number of students not exceeding 5 years of studiesn+2 = the number of students of up to 7 years of studiesThe relevant data regard the academic year 2010-2011.

1stPainting Studio

Number of students: n = 63 / n+2 = 24 / total: 87

Director: Zacharias Arvanitis, ProfessorAggelos Antonopoulos, Associate ProfessorMagdalini Siamkouri, LecturerDimitrios Koukos, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

1st semester of studies• Familiarisation exercises with largesketches in charcoal on paper, after a lifemodel or a still-life composition(duration: 2 weeks).• Basic drawing exercises(duration: 5 weeks).a. Introduction to the painting material(colour).b. Colour recognition.c. The colour’s transition from light to shade,on single-colour surfaces and crooked sur-faces of solid objects.d. The colour’s transition from light to shade,on single-colour surfaces of convex, concave,and spherical objects.e. Combination of the above with a lifemodel and still-life elements.

2nd semester of studies• Application of the experience gained dur-ing the 1st semester’s exercises, to composi-tions after a life model (duration of eachexercise: 2 weeks).• Students, accompanied by members ofthe T&R Staff, visit the A.S.F.A. Annexes inorder to perform exercises (duration: 7 to 10days).• One-day field trip, in order for students tocollect data, with a view to preparing a(home-assignment) project.

• Visits to the National Gallery and variousmuseums, for studying and data-collectingpurposes, with a view to the preparation ofhome-assignments.• Field trip abroad, for visiting museumsand exhibitions.• Repeated drawing exercises (duration: 1day each).

3rd semester of studies• Colour and drawing studies after life-model compositions (duration: 2 weeks).• Exercise for the better understanding ofcroquis sketches (duration: 1 week).• Exercise on the composition on canvasand 3-dimensional construction (duration: 2weeks).• Elements of photography and exercises inthe darkroom (duration: 2 two-hour courses).• Free-subject home-assignment.• Drawing exercise (2nd) (duration: 1 week).

4th semester of studies• Colour and drawing studies after life-model compositions (duration: 2 weekseach).• Colour exercise after a life-model compo-sition, using limited colour ranges (duration:2 weeks).• Exercise, on different drawing styles,after a life-model composition(duration: 2 weeks).• Introduction to computers and digitalphotography (duration: 2 two-hour courses).• Given-subject home-assignment, depend-ing on the students’ needs.

5th semester of studies• Exercises on the drawing rhythms, styles,textures and materials in the studio(duration: 1 - 2 weeks).• Life-model composition(duration: 2 weeks).• Photography exercises, for students to

36

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

collect data, with a view to preparing a(home-assignment) project.• Collage compositions (duration: 1 - 2weeks, depending on the exercise’s progress).

6th semester of studies• Life-model composition (duration: 2weeks).• Colour and drawing exercises, in differentsizes and materials, after a life model takingsuccessively different poses, of varying du-ration (duration: 1 week).• Screenings, presentations.• One-day field trip, in order for students tocollect data, with a view to preparing a(home-assignment) project.

7th semester of studies• Life-model composition (duration: 2 weeks).• Visits to museums, for studying and data-collecting purposes, with a view to thepreparation of home-assignments.• Students, accompanied by members ofthe T&R Staff, visit the A.S.F.A. Annexes inorder to perform exercises (duration: 7 to 10days).• Exercises, using limited colour ranges,after a life model taking successive quickposes (duration: 1 week).8th semester of studies• Life-model composition (duration: 2weeks).• One-day field trip, in order for students tocollect data, with a view to preparing a(home-assignment) project.• Screenings, presentations by guest speak-ers.• Exercises on sketches after a life modeltaking successive quick poses (duration: 1week).The purpose of all the above activities is toenable students to better structure and de-velop their personal view, with which theycould then approach every possible subject,

before making their personal visual proposalthereupon.

9th & 10th semester of studiesBoth semesters are focused on the prepara-tion of the diploma dissertation.• Seminars providing specialised support inthe field of new media, with a view to helpstudents better organise and present theirdiploma dissertation.• Seminars providing specialised support inthe field of art theory, with a view to helpstudents better organise and present theirdiploma dissertation.

37

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 1st Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Giorgio de Chirico, Nelson Goodman,John Berger, Nicolas Calas, David Sylvester,Käthe Kollwitz, Giannis Kounellis, Anna CarolaKrausse etc.

38

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

2ndPainting Studio


Director: Georgios-Thomas Lazongas,ProfessorEmmanouil Merambeliotis, S&LT StaffIoannis Stamoulis, S&LT Staff

1st semester of studies• Basic elements of drawing.• Study after nude life model.• Study after still-life objects.• Composition: courses on its generalprinciples.• Screenings, discussions on theory,lectures.

2nd semester of studies• Drawing study.• Nude life model, objects, still-life.• Lectures on theory, screenings.• Colour exercises: nude, compositions.• Materials’ and preparation techniques.

3rd semester of studies• Colour, materials, composition andtechniques.• Screenings, theoretical approaches.

4th semester of studies• Colour, techniques, materials.• Composition.• Screenings, theory.

5th semester of studies• Composition.• Morphological and conceptual approacheson the subject of visual applications.• Theory.

6th semester of studies• Composition.• Morphological and conceptual approacheson the subject of visual applications.• Course on symbols and references incontemporary art.• Lecture by invited art historians.

7th semester of studies• Composition, theory, student guidance intheir search of the main idea behind theirprospective diploma dissertation.

8th semester of studies• Preparation and finalisation of the mainidea of the students’ upcoming diplomadissertation.

9th semester of studies• Diploma dissertation.

10th semester of studies• Diploma dissertation.• Preparation of its final presentation.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggestedbibliography on visual arts, art theory, historyof art etc. In the case of the 2nd PaintingStudio, such references include, but are notlimited to, titles by Marios Spiliopoulos, RudolfArnheim, David Sylvester, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, monographs on artists such as Ghika,Theofylaktopoulos, Bouzianis, etc.

3rdPainting Studio


Director: Marios Spiliopoulos, ProfessorZafeiris Xagoraris, Assistant ProfessorPantelis Chandris, Lecturer

1st semester of studies• Exercises that serve as an introduction tothe visual language.• Exercises on point, line, shape, direction,tone, colour, material and movement.• Approaches on structure and composition.• Teaching of digital image-processingprogrammes and weekly exercises.• Research project aiming at familiarisingstudents with the use of the Library.Discussion on the students’ preferences onartworks by specific artists.• Screenings and lectures regarding theabove exercises.

2nd semester of studies• Study after compositions and life models,helping students achieve competences in theinterpretation of the representational andperceptible space by means of painting, and,more generally, in techniques creating atwo-dimensional surface.• Organisation of image, techniques,materials.• Teaching of and weekly exercises onmoving image programmes.• Screenings and lectures regarding theabove exercises.

3rd semester of studies• Study after compositions and life models,helping students develop and expand their abilities of expression.

• Research, experimentation and planningfor better organising the two-dimensionalpainting space.• Parallel study, by means of given-subjectexercises encouraging students to furtherexplore different ways and approaches,materials and techniques, lending originalityand an experimental dimension to their visualexpression.• Exercise aiming at developing the students’ability to probe into and analyse concepts.• Screenings and lectures regarding theabove exercises.

4th semester of studies• Exercise aiming to help students developtheir ability to probe into and analyseconcepts.• Screenings and lectures regarding theabove exercises.

5th semester of studies• Research on the students’ individual,particular characteristics, with a view to helpthem develop their personal idiom of visualexpression.• Given-subject exercises, with selective useof specific means, with a view to helpstudents develop their personal way ofexpression.• Determination of an expressive andtheoretical framework of the students’personal work joined by a comparative studyof similar artistic fields from the history ofart (reference works).• Screenings and lectures by invited Greek andforeign guest speakers from the broader artfield (students from the entire Painting Divi-sion are invited to attend such presentations).

6th semester of studies• Exercises on managing differentconceptual systems of contemporary art(constructions, environments etc.).

39

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Exercises (with selective use of bothtraditional and new-media techniques)aiming to help students acquire control overhandling the image and the threedimensions alike, in search of their personalway of expression.• Screenings and lectures by invited Greekand foreign guest speakers from the broaderart field (students from the entire PaintingDivision are invited to attend suchpresentations).

7th semester of studies• Exercises regarding the urbanenvironment, the cityscape and the publicspace.• Processing of the initial ideas that willlead students to a personal visual proposal.

8th semester of studies• Exercises regarding the ways ofexhibiting an artwork, including itspresentation in different environments, suchas the Internet, the institutional and othertraditional exhibition venues etc.

9th semester of studies• Determination of an expressive andtheoretical framework of the students’personal work joined by a comparative studyof similar artistic fields from the history ofart (reference works).• Analysing and processing the materialneeds to help students materialise theirpersonal idiom of visual expression.• Preparation of the diploma dissertation,on the basis of theoretical research andpractical experience alike, as well as thestudents’ competences and furtherfamiliarisation with the means of visualexpression to be used.

10th semester of studies• Preparation of the diploma dissertation,on the basis of theoretical research andpractical experience alike, as well as thestudents’ competences and furtherfamiliarisation with the means of visualexpression to be used.

40

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 3rd Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Marios Spiliopoulos, Rudolf Arnheim,David Sylvester, Nelson Goodman, JohnBerger, Ernst Hans Gombrich, Giorgio Agam-ben, Michel Pastoureau, Robert Burton, MarcelDuchamp, André Malraux etc.

41

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

4thPainting Studio


Director: Panagiotis Charalambous,ProfessorMichail Manoussakis, Associate Professor

1st semester of studies• Drawing exercises after a life model.• Exercises inspired by a B&W photograph(textures, styles, rhythms).• Lectures and screenings on visual-arttopics.

2nd semester of studies• Colour exercises after a life model.• Screening of historic drawings and theiranalysis (students bring and analyse historicdrawings of their choice).• Exercises on rice paper after the work ofa significant artist followed by a detaileddiscussion with the students.• Lectures and screenings on visual-arttopics.

3rd semester of studies• Given-subject exercise, which studentsare called to execute by means of numerousstudies, and to frequently discuss, untilfinalising their work (defining the main idea,developing and processing the relevantconcepts).• Drawing and colour exercises after a lifemodel.• Lectures and screenings on visual-arttopics.

4th semester of studies• Exercise on suggested subjects, whichstudents are free to choose from. Students

work systematically on this project, bymeans of numerous sketches and photo-copies, before reaching their final work. Theyalso work after a life model.• A field trip to one of the A.S.F.A. Annexesis organised towards the end of the semes-ter, in order for students to execute visualexercises in the open.

5th semester of studies• 20th century: From representation to con-struction. The visual arts after cinema andphotography. New means of expression, newmedia & technology, video art.• Fixed location – space, private – public,centre – periphery: examination of contra-dicting concepts.• Exercises: video-filming, photography.• The concept of “installation” as coexis-tence of multiple “visual entities”.• The Joseph Beuys case.

6th semester of studies• 20th century: “Drawing” as an expressionstrategy. The compensating concept of theworld’s “re-enchantment” in a modernisticenvironment. The concept of archive, collec-tion, of accumulating and rearranging mate-rials, objects, ruins. The artist as anethnographer. The inter-locality of arts.• Field exercises in which students are askedto combine materials, concepts, objects,with a view to finding their personal way ofexpression.

7th semester of studies• 20th century: The restructuring of the aes-thetic (educational) process, the concept ofbricoleur (craftsman) according to Lévi-Strauss (The Savage Mind). The creative useof any material by means of assembly “ex-pands” the painter, sculptor, visual artist ingeneral, turning him from a “specialist” intoan “assembler craftsman”.

• Exercises aiming to create not just a code,but many of them, without the fear of over-laps or contradictions, and regardless of theincompatible, miscellaneous, off-hand, use-less materials.

8th semester of studies• 20th century: Mythology, History, Nation,Globalisation. Us – and Them. Identity(sameness) – Alterity (otherness) (a multi-tude of small ruptures). The art research re-sorts to a “timeless” time, a time of personalexperiences, a time of the testimonies by thetraces left, and composes a personal con-science, and a historical conscience andknowledge.• Exercises: creation of artworks incorporat-ing or reflecting transformations due to(personal or collective) experiences – newformations due to new transitions.

9th semester of studies• Preparation of diploma dissertation: Con-stant supervising, discussions on the subjectof the choices and decisions made, of thestrategies adopted. The concept of Exhibi-tionality & Presentation. The art market, theart “stock exchange”. The concept of politi-cal as an ontological horizon and not as anisolated act of the politicians (art & politics).

10th semester of studies• Preparation of diploma dissertation: Final“spatial arrangements”, how will the artworkbe arranged, presented, shown, exhibited,how will the visual event take place, how willit spark a dialogue with the viewers… in thiscase, the first viewers, the “assessmentcommittee”; the “angst” of exhibiting.

Notes• During the entire duration of the studies(5 years), several “workshops” on specificsubjects run in parallel, and exhibition eventsare organised.• Seminars are also organised, by invitingdistinguished theorists and artists, of vari-ous fields or arts, or even laymen, simplelabourers of the arts and crafts.• The Studio’s students also participate infield trips to Europe, in the metropolitancentres where one can visit leading muse-ums and collections, and especially to theVenice Biennale (every 2 years), the Kassel“Documenta” art show (every 5 years), theMünster art show (every 7 years) etc., aswell as in field trips in Greece “in order tobetter know and appreciate the fatherland’slandscape and History”.

42

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 4th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Fernand Braudel, Giulio Carlo Argan,Ernst Hans Gombrich, Cynthia Freeland, Her-bert Read, C.P. Cavafy, Giannis Kounellis etc.

5thPainting Studio


Director: Dimitrios Sakellion, ProfessorKonstantinos Tsolis, S&LT StaffMarios Simitis, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

1st semester of studies• Exercises after a life model: drawing,colour, composition.• Exercises on handling conventional paint-ing media.• Exercises after a life model.• Home-assignments on drawing, colour,composition.• Screenings, lectures.

2nd semester of studies• Exercises after a life model, in variouscolour ranges and sizes.

• Exercises on handling various non-paint-ing materials (collage – assemblage).• Visual interpretation of interior (familiar)architectural space.• Screenings, lectures.

3rd semester of studies• Subject-based exercises (subjectsselected from the History of Art).• Visual research and interpretation of pub-lic space – cityscapes, free choice of media.• Screenings, lectures.

4th semester of studies• Repetition of the 1st semester’s exer-cises, in order for students to probe moredeeply and understand the three-dimen-sional space as an expansion of the two-dimensional image.

• Repetition of the cityscape project, withemphasis put on constructions and video-artprojects.• Various exercises on exploring the three-dimensional architectural space as a fieldfor the development of a new visual three-dimensional space.• Screenings, lectures.

5th semester of studies• Personalised subject-based exercises, forindividual students or small groups of stu-dents, regarding their emerging visual per-sonality. Emphasis is placed on combinedvisual applications and digital media.• Exploration of the students’ personal vi-sual space, by means of various exercisesand visual activities aiming at forming theirpersonal visual vocabulary.• Related screenings, lectures.

6th semester of studies• Further and deeper exploration of thesubjects of the Fall semester’s exercises.

46

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

47

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Comparative exercises on the visualapproach of the dipoles “image – concept”and “image – text”.• Screenings, lectures on various issuesarising in the international contemporaryvisual reality.

7th semester of studies• Personalised projects aimed at formingand developing the students’ personal visualidiom, with emphasis put on digitalinstallations and the communicativedimension of the visual expression.• Exercises in the context of the concepts:“in – out”, “private – public”.• Screenings, lectures on various issuesarising in the international contemporaryvisual reality.

8th semester of studies• Further and deeper exploration of thesubjects of the Fall semester’s exercises.• Screenings, lectures on the visualcontemporarity.

9th & 10th semester of studies• Preparation of the diploma dissertation.

6thPainting Studio


Director: Triantafyllos Patraskidis,ProfessorVassilis Vlastaras, LecturerIoannis Messinis, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

1st semester of studies• Approaches on structure and composition.Drawing, colour; screenings and discussions.1. Linear perspective drawing, freestyledrawing, exercises on observing, studyingspaces and the human body – life model.2. Colour exercises after a point ofreference, quick exercises aiming at thestudents’ familiarisation with the paintingspace and material.• Subject-based exercises. Approaches onconcepts and compositions. Screenings,discussions, draft projects.

2nd semester of studies• Approaches on structure and composition.Composition, colour – screenings anddiscussions.1. Colour composition for the betterobservation and understanding of colour,shape or poetic relations.2. Quick colour exercises after a life modelor space.3. Screening of artworks by various historicart movements, in order to define theachieved consistency between composition,colour and shape, on one hand, and the se-lected subject and intended goal, on the other.• Subject-based exercises. Approaches onconcepts and compositions. Presentation ofthe subject. Screening and discussion.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 5th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Wassily Kandinsky, Rudolf Arnheim,John Berger, Arthur C. Danto, Nicolas Calas,David Sylvester, Mark Rothko, Cynthia Free-land, Marcel Duchamp, Manolis Andronikos,Peter Fuller etc.

48

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

Presentation of students’ material, proposals(drawings, photographs, videos etc.), drafts,exhibition, screening and discussion.• Exhibition of the projects in May, at theannual exhibition by all Studios.

3rd semester of studies• Approaches on structure and composition.Colour, drawing – screenings anddiscussions.1. Compositions in space, in the presence ofa life model. Observation, understanding andcomposition of the colour, shape andqualitative relations. Image organisation,techniques, materials.2. Plans for organising the space, studies ofthe composition, various colour attempts interms of sizes and materials.3. Screenings depending on the exercise.Discussion.• Subject-based exercises. Approaches onconcepts and compositions. Presentation ofthe subject. Screening, discussion.Presentation of students’ material andproposals, studies (drawings, photographicmaterial, archive material, videos etc.),exhibition, discussion.

4th semester of studies• Approaches on structure and composition.Colour, drawing – screenings anddiscussions.1. Compositions in space, in the presence ofa life model. Observation, understanding andcomposition of the colour, shape andqualitative relations. Image organisation,techniques, materials.2. Plans for organising the space, studies ofthe composition, various colour attempts interms of sizes and materials.3. Screenings depending on the exercise.Discussion.• Subject-based exercises. Continuation ofthe presentation of proposals on the subject.Discussion. Screening.• Studio’s field trip.• Exhibition of the projects in May, at theannual exhibition by all Studios.

5th semester of studies• Subject-based exercise.• Analysis – discussion, search of space,materials, way.• Personal or group project, managementof the main idea. Screenings.

6th semester of studies• Subject-based exercise.• Exercises – proposals.• Search of various elements, presentationof the process.• Studio’s field trip.• Exhibition of the projects in May, at theannual exhibition by all Studios.

7th semester of studies• Subject proposals by the students.• Search – expression of space andmaterials.

8th semester of studies• Painting space, installations, video,painting, combination of spaces andmaterials.• Studio’s field trip.• Exhibition of the projects in May, at theannual exhibition by all Studios.

9th & 10th semester of studies• Preparation of diploma dissertations.• Studio’s field trip.• Exhibition of the projects in May, at theannual exhibition by all Studios.

7thPainting Studio


Director: Jannis Psychopedis, ProfessorIoannis Skaltsas, Assistant Professor

1st semester of studies• Drawing exercises.• Colour exercises.• Exercises on photography, constructions,environments.• Screening and analysis of drawings takenfrom the History of Art.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Lectures, screenings.

2nd semester of studies• Drawing exercises.• Colour exercises.• Paints, materials, rhythms.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Exercises on photography, constructions,environments.• Lectures, screenings.

3rd semester of studies• Drawing exercises.• Colour exercises.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Lectures, screenings.

4th semester of studies• Drawing exercises.• Colour exercises.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Lectures, screenings.

49

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 6th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Roland Barthes, Fernand Braudel,Friedrich Kittler, Tony Godfrey, Vilém Flusser,John Berger, Michel Foucault, GastonBachelard, David Sylvester, Cynthia Freeland,Ernst Hans Gombrich, Marcel Duchamp, ErwinPanofsky, Mario de Micheli, Wassily Kandinsky,André Malraux etc.

50

5th semester of studies• Development of personal projects.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Exercises, lectures, screenings.

6th semester of studies• Development of personal projects.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Teaching of and exercises on processingprogrammes (photo, video, 3d).• Lectures, screenings.

7th semester of studies• Development of personal projects.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Lectures, screenings.

8th semester of studies• Development of personal projects.• Subject-based exercises (developmentand visual processing of concepts).• Lectures, screenings.

9th semester of studies• Preparation of diploma dissertations.• Art and avant-gardes of the 20th century.• The social dimension of Art.• The Bauhaus school and the interrelationsof the means of expression (painting, sculp-ture, cinema, photography, theatre).

10th semester of studies• Preparation of diploma dissertations.• New social and aesthetic theories in theearly 20th century.• Poetry and visual arts. A meeting of artson the occasion of the Elytis centenary cele-brations. Visual artworks inspired by Elytis’spoetry and ensuing exhibition of the stu-dents’ works at a public exhibition venue.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 7th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Odysseas Elytis, Cornelius Castori-adis, Eric Hobsbawm, Jacques Lacarrière, Fer-nand Braudel, Ernst Hans Gombrich, ErnestBorneman, Clement Greenberg etc.

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

8thPainting Studio


Director: Anastassios Christakis, ProfessorIoannis Kontaratos, Lecturer

The 5-year studies are divided into threeperiods:A. Analytical period: 1st to 4th semesterB. Synthetic period: 5th to 8th semesterC. Diploma dissertation period: 9th & 10thsemester

Note: The above correspondence of periods andsemesters of studies may apply in the majority ofstudents, but is not an absolute standard, as, insome exceptional cases, students may enterPeriod C during their 4th year of studies.

ANALYTICAL PERIOD1st & 2nd semester• Visual reading: Discussion observing a lifemodel, pointing out the lines, shapes, andemerging relations, understanding thecharacter of forms.• Linear drawing (after a life model):Understanding the character of the move-ment of the line as an independent force andas a limit of the form.• Screening on the following topic: Thedrawing as form and language, as a culturalfactor in interpreting the world, from theprehistoric years to the present; the purposeof the screening is to help students gain abetter understanding of the above exercise.• Introduction to colour: Composition withgeometric shapes, with reference to thebook The Art of Color by Johannes Itten, as apractical and expressive process.• Colour study in oil, after a life model, in

order for students to put into practice thecompetences gained during the previousexercises (duration: 15 days).• Brief colour study (1-2-3 hours), to helpstudents familiarise with the above mediumand explore their practical & expressive skills.• Home-assignment on the subject of “Stilllife”: 3 same-sized works, in line, tone, colour,respectively; in all three cases, the purpose isto show a common visual perception.• Introduction to space: Determining theconcepts of space, of virtual & real, etc.,study in 3 dimensions, and use of othermaterials.

3rd & 4th semester• The results, in terms of students’progress, achieved during the 1st year ofstudies largely define, for the 2nd year, theexercises that would re-examine or expandthe understanding of fundamental issues ofthe visual language, i.e. the perception-analysis-transfer of the visual phenomenon.• Use of new materials for 2D- (surface)and 3D-works, sculptures, constructions; useof computers, video, photography, expandingthe field of studies and expression.• Comparing different works by the samestudent and works by different students as ameans to overcome whatever boundaries andparticularities of the shape and form lan-guage issues arising from a certain commonchoice; the comparison also serves to pointout those concepts or problems of space,structure, form and content that are common,regardless of the means of expression.• Screenings on specific areas of the Historyof Art, discussions on specific books or mono-graphs on artists, and the students’ task totalk about their work, are all done in the pur-pose to help broaden their visual culture andencourage them to begin to recognise themorphological characteristics of their worksand articulate clearly their visual subject.

51

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SYNTHETIC PERIOD5th to 8th semester• All studies pursued and experiences gainedover the previous two years enable studentsto overview and assess their progress andcommitment, and to better understand theirplace within the Studio’s community.• At the beginning of the 5th semester, stu-dents are asked to submit in writing (1 page)the reasons they have chosen to study in aspecific field of the visual arts. Such field is de-termined as a result of discussions on the stu-dents’ work and their own efforts, during theexaminations of the previous 4 semesters, toreflect upon and talk about their artworks.• The selection of means of expression andof a specific visual orientation comes as aresult of discussion, taking into considera-tion the students’ personal experiences and–even more– their overall character makeup.• Attendance and exercises are person-alised; group exercises are intended as“agents provocateurs” against the students’relaxing in their vigilance after making theabove decision, or to detect other allusionsor insinuations.• The coexistence of various forms of stud-ies reflects the visual pluralism of our times,leads to a certain “chaos”, but also providesa number of very significant advantages. Ithelps defend the subjective nature of art, thestudents’ respective personal creative path,cultivates their efforts to discover their ownartistic identity, generates dialectics, and en-riches the students’ culture in both imagesand ideas, at the same time ensuring that nomisunderstanding is made as to the stereo-type of a “single way” to do things.• The media-free exercise brings studentsto face the pros and cons of their choice,and of other students’ choices. It makesthem understand that visual-art quality isachieved through consistency in execution,regardless of the chosen media. Diversity

forces students to formulate their objectionsas to the other students’ visual language andquality of work.

DIPLOMA DISSERTATION PERIOD

9th & 10th semesterAfter four years of studies, by the end of the8th semester –and in some exceptionalcases, even by the end of the 6th semester–,students have settled on the course to follow, on their specific visual-art field ofaction and further research.Each student has his or her own room forconcentrating and working. Discussions areexclusively focused on the students’ respec-tive field of research, while professors alsosuggest books and other sources that willhelp students in the research for their work.

P.S.Art education is a complex, ever-evolvingprocess that cannot be conquered by merelysticking to a prescribed methodology andeducational system. Each day is a new day,and we are thankful to face the new, vitalquestions it brings along. Provided we areaware of the miracle of life –and, thus, ofArt–, we must be open to new discoveriesand, accordingly, to the possibility of a com-plete refutation of our previous views.

52

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 8th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Theodor W. Adorno, Nelson Goodman,Tony Godfrey, Arthur C. Danto, Giulio CarloArgan, Nathalia Brodskaya, Neil Cox, MatthewGale, David Blaney Brown, André Malraux etc.

53

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

9thPainting Studio


Director: Nikolaos Navridis, ProfessorEftychios Patsourakis, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

The 9th Painting Studio (focused on Multi-media and Combined Media) was estab-lished during the academic year 2008-2009.Students attending the Studio are encour-aged to specialise –through their work, ac-tive participation and involvement– in a widerange of Multimedia and Combined Media.Such media, both digital and analog, include,but are not limited to, the following:• Drawing and the drawing process in gen-eral.• Installations in space.• Film.• Video (video art and its derivatives).• Animation – Animated cartoon.• Photography (analog photography, digitalprints, synthesised imagery).• Sound (sound art – installations).• Performances.

1st unit of studies(Covering the 1st & 2nd year of studies.)• Particular emphasis is put on drawing,studio projects, painting, and personal proj-ects proposed by the students, besides thestudio projects.• Deals with drawing techniques andanalysing, recording and processing meth-ods, preparing students to deal with all kindsof subjects, through the exploration of mod-ern ways of visual expression.• Free use of materials and of methods ofrecording, approach and expression.

• Activities are divided as follows: Drawing-Painting 40% – Studio projects 40% – Stu-dents’ projects 20%.

DescriptionDrawing – Painting:This part of the course focuses on basicdrawing principles. It deals with drawing andits potential (outline, open figure, surface,models, accumulation, movement, rhythm,transposition, repetition, the concept of timein drawing etc.). Teaching involves exercisesand studio projects. Study on the limitationsof drawing. From representational drawing tothe strategy of the representation’s narrative.Visual expression methods. The drawingprocess as a broader process of organisingand formulating an expression language. Freeuse of means, research, experimentation.

Studio projects – Students’ projects:Discourse, image, text, narrativity. (Free useof different forms of art.) Before the presen-tation and during the preparation of theprojects, discussions take place and the stu-dents give their opinions and argue on theirchoices and decisions as to the way theytreated and developed the subjects. All dis-cussions regarding the evolution phases ofthe projects take place in the Studio’s hall, inthe presence of the semester’s entire team.Upon project completion, students undertakethe responsibility of organising and holdingthe final exhibition, where their works aregoing to be assessed.

Purpose and desired learning outcomes• Besides the drawing and painting values,students understand the uniqueness andquality of drawing and the relevant materi-als. Furthermore, they understand traditionalconcepts, methods, techniques and values asstrategies for formulating and processingconcepts that would ultimately be developed

by means of the modern analog and digitalmedia.• Understanding the polysemy (the multi-tude of meanings) of modern visual lan-guage and the infinite means of expressionit can assume.• Students participate in group projectsand in the process of their works’ exhibition.• Besides the presentation of their work,students are also expected to submit a rele-vant bibliography and reading material re-garding artists that are directly or indirectlyreferenced in the treatment of their subject,that are of particular interest to them, haveinfluenced them, artists whose work, in otherwords, “communicates” with the students’own work.

Assessment criteria• Participation in the Studio’s activities, at-tendance of presentations and discussions,presentation of the progress made in thetreatment of the subject, corrections, work’spresentation: 50%.• Research, collection of background mate-rial, subject development: 30%.• Broadness and quality of the final out-come: 20%.

2nd unit of studies(Covering the 3rd & 4th year of studies.)• Emphasis is put on the studio projectsand the students’ projects, i.e. the subjectsstudents choose to undertake as home as-signments.• Activities are divided as follows: Studioprojects 50% – Students’ projects 50%.

Description• During the above semesters, studentswork on studio projects and projects of theirown choice, defend their choices and presenttheir work to the entire team participating inthe semester’s project.

• During the meetings, the Studio’s teamproceeds to theoretical approaches,research, discussions, and presentations ofindividual artists or groups of artists whosework has marked the contemporary visual-art scene.• Particular emphasis is put to each stu-dent’s personal choices of subject, as well asthe process of documenting such choicesand presenting them to the Studio’s studentsfrom all years of studies.

Purpose and desired learning outcomes• Developing the students’ skills in observ-ing and analysing the phenomena that formup the visual language, and perceiving its ex-pressive boundaries.• Enabling students to understand themethods and practices used by modern vi-sual language in formulating its concepts.• Selective studying of the art and visualfields of the 20th century (especially its sec-ond half) and identifying artists, trends,ideas, works, attempts etc., that are believedto coincide with each student’s views andhave influenced in general his or her artisticproposal.• The visual language is in fact a means forone to perceive the social reality (in which italways takes shape), but also the interper-sonal or inner psychological environment(which it carries, projects, and reproduces)and comment thereupon.• Defining the students’ specific field of in-terests and enabling them to develop, bymeans of their works, a personal way of ex-pressing themselves, of developing and for-mulating their views.• Helping students present and defend pub-licly their works and views.• Helping students expand the range of ma-terials they use and, technically-wise, theirfield of applications.• Free experimentations on expressing and

54

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

55

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

formulating concepts, by means of variousexpressive methods and techniques, and al-ternative media.

Assessment criteria• Participation in and attendance of theStudio’s activities, presentation of theprogress made in the treatment of the sub-ject, corrections, discussions: 50%.• Artistic outcome, research, collection ofbackground material, references, develop-ment, presentation and defence of the sub-ject, other artistic activities: 50%.

3rd unit of studies(Covering the 5th year of studies.)• Dedicated entirely to the preparation ofthe students’ diploma dissertation (100%).

DescriptionEach student chooses and proposes a proj-ect (a personal, independent proposal) whichhe or she will develop, execute and presentas a diploma dissertation.The process of defining the diploma disser-tation proposal focuses on the following:• Researching and gathering backgroundmaterial regarding the theoretical documen-tation and the development of the project.• Presenting the process and the final re-sult alike.• Free choice of means and materials (stu-dents are free to suggest eventual collabo-rations with other fields in the finalisation oftheir project).

Purpose and desired learning outcomes• Developing, as much as possible, a per-sonal visual discourse on a specific subjectfield.• Exploring, by means of the work, the mul-tifaceted expressive character of communi-cation through art.• Gathering as much relevant information

and references as possible, in order for stu-dents to defend their diploma dissertation.• Helping students present and defend pub-licly, on the occasion of their diploma disser-tation presentation, their personal views,regarding their overall visual quests. • Preparing students to face the labourmarket.

Assessment criteria• Development, completeness, discourseclarity, quality, installation and presentationof the project: 60%.• Documentation, theoretical paper, disser-tation defence: 40%.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 9th Painting Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Gilles Deleuze, Nikos Daskalothanas-sis, Patrick Brantlinger, Friedrich Kittler, TonyGodfrey, Laurence Bertrand Dorleac, VilémFlusser, Platon Rivellis, Martin Esslin, MartinHeidegger, Ludwig Wittgenstein etc.

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

4. S

TUDIO

S’ &

COUR

SES’

SYLL

ABUS

Sculpture Division

Division’s Director: Georgios Houliaras, Professor

The Sculpture Division is structured upon threemain Studios, where the basic principles of theart of Sculpture are initially taught; the Studios’purpose is to ultimately help students developtheir skills and become masters, to the greatestpossible extent, of their own means of expression.

Besides its three main Studios, the Sculpture Di-vision also operates a number of auxiliary work-shops, focused on various sculpture materials andtechniques, such as the marble-working, metal-working, woodworking workshops and the ceram-ics studio. By attending the above auxiliaryworkshops, together with the acquisition of newtechniques and practice on different materials,students also have the opportunity to apply to anew material the knowledge and expertise gainedat the main Studios, broaden their visual horizonsand finally opt for the specific material most suit-able for their own personal artistic quest.


57

58

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

1stSculpture Studio


Director: Nikolaos Tranos,Associate ProfessorAndrianna Verveti, LecturerLoukas Loukidis, S&LT Staff

During the ten (10) semesters of studies,students attending the 1st Sculpture Studioexecute exercises, both theoretical (focusedon ideas and meanings) and practical (fo-cused on forms and materials), aiming to en-able each of them to design, realise, assessand approach within its historical context ofreferences their personal work.

From the 1st to the 8th semester, studentsexecute sculpture and drawing exercisesaiming at their familiarisation with the vi-sual language and its materials, as well asplastic exercises in the form of studies aftera life model or on a free subject (representa-tional and abstract art) with the use of ma-terials that can be shaped or carved (clay,plaster, plasticine, wax, ceramic materials,silicones, woods, metals). The courses alsoinclude:

• Exercises with the combined use of multi-ple media and materials (installations, videoinstallations, events, performances, con-structions), the use of any material, ready-mades, collages, free experimentations,group projects.• Drawing exercises and planning of the ex-ecution and realisation (production) of anartwork or project (financial and technical-material planning), personal quests and re-search regarding the work of each student.

• Exercises focused on the multiple ap-proaches and ways of visual formulation,and study of various practices in contempo-rary art.

The other fields and topics that we aregoing to deal with, at an introductory level,during the studies at the 1st Sculpture Stu-dio, include:• Sculpture and the visual arts vis-à-vis themoving image, photography, colour, architec-ture, the urban environment, the natural en-vironment, the public space, the landscape,the monument, randomness.• Art beyond the potential of materials, the“real” compact object – the theoretical ob-ject, mental objects – sacred objects, thebody as part of a material, time, the fleet-ingness of experience.• The artwork and its respective context(historical, social, financial, psychological).• The artwork and space, audience, commu-nication, behaviours.• The artwork and its mechanical reproduc-tion.• The process of art criticism: What is theartist’s role and say in it?• The scenario in the visual arts.• The traditional concept of artwork, theconcept of collectable, investment value, artmuseums, art products, art market.• Artists and their professional prospects.

Students of all semesters attend theoreticallectures on the history of art, sculpture andthe aesthetics, as well as presentations onartists, art movements and particular exhibi-tions that have marked contemporary art.

The course is structured upon the followingmain axes: a subject is given and then fol-lows an open discussion with the participa-tion of all the Studio’s students. Then,students present their ideas and draft stud-

ies, which are assessed and discussed, ingroups or with each student individually; thesubject is approached theoretically by re-searching relevant references and the workof other artists or art movements, while theissues of technical support, execution and ex-hibition of the project are also examined.Students present and defend their project infront of the entire Studio team and are solelyresponsible for the final outcome. The pres-entation is followed by a discussion with theprofessors, with the active participation of allthe other students. The same method is alsofollowed in the case of personal projects onsubjects selected by the students themselves.

During the 9th and 10th semester, studentsprepare their diploma dissertation. The is-sues examined include the planning, execu-tion and presentation of the dissertationproject, while the students’ personal work isalso approached critically, philosophically,and historically. Finally, students learn howto plan and produce a portfolio and how toexhibit their works.

The 1st Sculpture Studio is fully equippedwith all necessary tools and possesses allnecessary premises for the creation of visualart works, while students can also borrowthe available digital equipment. The Studio’sstudents also participate in various work-shops, field trips, and visits to museums andexhibitions.

59

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 1st Sculpture Studio,such references include, but are not limited to,titles by Tony Godfrey, Michel Foucault,Françoise Dolto, Jean Baudrillard, Eric Hobs-bawm, Arthur C. Danto, Nicolas Calas, ClaudeLévi-Strauss, Jean-Michel Besnier, Ernst Jünger,Matthew Gale, Johan Huizinga, GeorgesBataille, Denis de Rougemont, Fredric R. Jame-son, Pliny the Elder etc.

2ndSculpture Studio


Director: Georgios Lappas, ProfessorAfroditi Liti, Associate ProfessorStyliani Sylogidou, LecturerAndrianna Verveti, Lecturer

The five year-length of studies is dividedinto three units of sculpture studies.

The first unit, spanning semesters 1 through4, includes:• Representational and abstract sculptureexercises, in clay and in plaster, and, later,in iron, marble, wood and plastic materials.• Drawing exercises in a variety of forms,sizes and materials.

During the second unit, covering the 5th to8th semesters, which requires the students’familiarisation with the basic sculptureprinciples, teaching advances to morecomplex forms of sculpture, like sculptureinstallations, providing for the coexistenceof multiple forms such as: video, digitally-processed material, photographs andactions.

During the third unit, covering the 9th and10th semester, students probe further intothe selected subjects and the execution oftheir diploma dissertation.

During the entire duration of their studies,the Studio’s students attend regular lectures,conducted either by their professors or byguest speakers, on the history of sculptureand related fields such as: cinema, theatre,

philosophy, psychology, etc. They alsofrequently visit museums –featuring lecturesand guided tours by the museums’ curators–,art galleries, and locations of particularinterest, while they are provided with a basicbibliography and further readingsuggestions.The Studio’s students also activelyparticipate in exhibitions, in Greece andabroad, in cooperation with the relevantorganising bodies of the respectiveuniversities and other institutions.

61

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIAL Students are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggestedbibliography on visual arts, art theory, historyof art etc. In the case of the 2nd SculptureStudio, such references include, but are notlimited to, titles by W. G. Sebald, GisellaRichter, Thomas Bernhard, Vincent Van Gogh,Henri Matisse, Françoise Dolto, Arthur C.Danto, Herbert Read, H. H. Arnason, EliasCanetti, Herman Melville, Johan Huizinga,Marcel Duchamp, Franz Kafka etc.

62

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

3rdSculpture Studio


Director: Georgios Houliaras, ProfessorAndrianna Verveti, Lecturer

1st to 6th semester of studiesFrom the first to the sixth semester, up totheir third year of studies, that is, studentsexecute on a daily basis, from 9:00 to 14:00,exercises after a life model.Such exercises aim at the students’ studyingthe various dimensions and their inter-rela-tions, the organisation of volumes and lev-els, practicing in observation and drawing,and reporting the observed life model into asculptural entity.Furthermore, students are assigned subject-based projects (four of them during each ac-ademic year) aiming at cultivating anddeveloping their skills in various sculpture-related fields – for example, morphologicalor conceptual exercises, sculptural interven-tions in architectural spaces, both public andprivate, as well as sculptural exercises on lit-erary texts of distinguished writers (2 proj-ects per semester).

7th & 8th semester of studiesCovering a wide range of sculptural quests,and in constant dialogue with their profes-sors, students are directed during the 7th se-mester (or, more generally, during the fourthyear of studies) towards more personalisedexercises, preparing them for their diplomadissertation at the end of their studies.

9th & 10th semester of studiesDiploma dissertation.The overall effort aims to provide students

with knowledge –both technical and aes-thetic– on their subject and convince themthat Sculpture is a journey to self-knowl-edge, which makes it all the more signifi-cant, in the sense that the truer it is, themore genuine and unique it will become.

Drawing for sculptors courseSculpture students are asked to execute aseries of exercises on the human figure(after a life model), on various other still-lifemodels and objects, as well as spaces (bothnatural and architectural ones), in order tobe introduced to the drawing process, as ameans to better and more fully understandtheir own field, i.e. Sculpture.Such exercises aim at developing the stu-dents’ sense of observation, cultivating theirvisual memory, enabling them to acquireboth analytical and synthetic skills, useful tothe organisation and execution of their work.Further exercises help students develop theirpersonal style, as well as form and expandtheir visual perception, in order to ultimatelyestablish their personal art idiom.Analysis of and discussion on selected draw-ings by important artists from the History ofArt also contributes to the sculpture stu-dents’ broader culture, enabling them at thesame time to better perceive drawing as anindependent and accomplished art form.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggested bib-liography on visual arts, art theory, history ofart etc. In the case of the 3rd Sculpture Stu-dio, such references include, but are not lim-ited to, titles by Odysseas Elytis, GiorgosSeferis, Walter Burkert, Tony Godfrey, GiulioCarlo Argan, Andrei Tarkovsky, Arthur Koestler,Umberto Eco, Dimitris Pikionis, André Bon-

Printmaking Division

Division’s Director: Vassiliki Tsalamata, Associate Professor

The purpose of the Printmaking Division is to educate students inthe aesthetic and expressive values of printmaking, by means ofcreative practice and theoretical approaches alike. Through this ed-ucational process, students are initiated to both traditional andmodern methods and techniques, in order to discover new forms ofvisual art expression, develop their ingenuity and perfect their skills. This is the general direction in which all the Division’s professorspour their efforts, knowledge and expertise.

64

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

There are two main groups of students attending theDivision’s studios and courses. The first one consists ofthose students having enrolled at the elective studiocourse “Elements of Printmaking”, while the second oneconsists of those majoring in Printmaking. The “Eras-mus / Socrates” student mobility programme’s stu-dents, for their part, are respectively admittedaccording to the curricula of their home institutions.

The “Elements of Printmaking” elective studio coursecorresponds to 12 teaching hours per week; approxi-mately 200 students enrol at it annually, of which about180 (90%) attend courses regularly. The main Print-making Division courses correspond to 20 teachinghours per week and admit approximately 50 students,of which about 35 (70%) attend the courses on a reg-ular basis, while the remaining 30% of “dropouts” con-sists mainly of students pursuing a second academicdegree, who, for various reasons (family or professionalobligations etc.), become more and more scarce or failto attend at all.

Students are divided into the Division’s two Studios, where, forteaching expedience reasons, they are also assigned to specific pro-fessors, depending on the specific field or discipline, as shown inthe following syllabus.

Courses in screen printing and lithography are taught by the sameteaching staff at both Studios, and are offered equally to studentsmajoring in Printmaking or students attending it as an elective course.


65

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

1stPrintmaking Studio


Director: Michalis Arfaras, ProfessorIoannis Gourzis, Assistant ProfessorKonstantina Kotsiou, Assistant ProfessorApostolos Peirounidis, Assistant ProfessorMary Schina, Assistant Professor

1st semester• Black & white woodcut: Introduction,preparation of the block-carving, carving ofcompositions already executed at thedrawing-composition course, teaching ofprinting techniques.

2nd semester• Colour woodcut: Introduction, preparationof the block-carving, carving of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.

3rd semester • Intaglio: Introduction, engravingpreparation, engraving of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Black & white lithography: Introduction,preparation of the lithographic plate,drawing & acidification of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.

4th semester• Intaglio: Introduction, engravingpreparation, engraving of compositions

already executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Black & white lithography: Introduction,preparation of the lithographic plate,drawing & acidification of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.

5th semester• Intaglio: Mixed intaglio techniques.Introduction, engraving preparation,engraving of compositions already executedat the drawing-composition course, teachingof printing techniques.• Colour lithography / Screen printing:Introduction, preparation of the lithographicplate / screen-printing surface, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternativeengraving and printing techniques.

6th semester• Intaglio: Mixed intaglio techniques.Introduction, engraving preparation,engraving of compositions already executedat the drawing-composition course, teachingof printing techniques.• Colour lithography / Screen printing:Introduction, preparation of the lithographicplate / screen-printing surface, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternativeengraving and printing techniques.

66

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

7th semester• Intaglio: Mixed intaglio techniques.Introduction, engraving preparation,engraving of compositions already executedat the drawing-composition course, teachingof printing techniques.• Screen printing: Introduction, preparationof the screen-printing surface, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternativeengraving and printing techniques.

8th semester• Intaglio: Mixed intaglio techniques.Introduction, engraving preparation,engraving of compositions already executed at the drawing-composition course,

teaching of printing techniques.• Screen printing: Introduction, preparationof the screen-printing surface, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternativeengraving and printing techniques.

At all semesters, the teaching work isaccompanied by screenings of audiovisualmaterial (in PowerPoint and video), meetingswith and lectures by invited artists and arthistorians, as well as visits to museums andexhibitions.

9th and 10th semesterPreparation of the diploma dissertation.

67

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

68

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

2ndPrintmaking Studio


Director: Vassiliki Tsalamata, AssociateProfessorKonstantina Kotsiou, Assistant ProfessorApostolos Peirounidis, Assistant ProfessorCharalambos Dermatis, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)Pavlos Metsovitis, STL Staff

1st semester• Monotyping: Introduction to the researchof trace, graph, gesture with the paintingmaterials onto the surfaces from which thevisual impression will be produced. Methods:stencil, masking, collage, frottage.• Black & white woodcut: Introduction,preparation of the block-carving, carving ofcompositions already executed at thedrawing-composition course, teaching ofprinting techniques.

2nd semester• Colour woodcut: Introduction, preparationof the block-carving, carving of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Monotyping, intaglio: Introduction to thedrypoint technique, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course. Teaching of combinedmonotyping-intaglio printing techniques.

3rd semester • Colour intaglio: Drypoint, preparation ofthe incision, execution of compositions

already drawn at the drawing-compositioncourse. Teaching of printing techniques: “à lapoupée”, stencil, chine-collé techniques,techniques involving multiple matrixes.• Black & white lithography: Introduction,preparation of the lithographic plate,drawing & acidification of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.

4th semester• Intaglio: Introduction to etching (bothlinear and tonal variations): etching andaquatint. The aquatint or “open bite”technique, ink – sugar. Preparation of themetal plate for etching and acid application,in execution of compositions already drawnat the drawing-composition course.Combined methods of intaglio printing.• Black & white lithography: Introduction,preparation of the lithographic plate,drawing & acidification of compositionsalready executed at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.

5th semester• Intaglio: Mixed intaglio techniques: Softground etching, collagraphy, relief matrix,carborundum, teaching of combined printingtechniques, viscosity and simultaneousprinting. Introduction to “greener” etchingand printing techniques, non-toxic etching.Water-based media.• Colour lithography / Screen printing:Introduction, preparation of the lithographicplate / screen-printing surface, execution ofcompositions already drawn at the drawing-composition course, teaching of printingtechniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternative

engraving and digital printing techniques.• Water-based screen printing. Water-based media.

6th semester• Intaglio: Experimentation with andapplication of mixed intaglio etching-engraving and printing techniques. Teachingof alternative intaglio printmakingtechniques with the use of water-basedetching and printing materials.• Water-based screen printing:Experimentation with water-based media.• Colour lithography: Introduction,preparation of the lithographic plate,execution of compositions already drawn atthe drawing-composition course. Teachingof printing techniques.• Teaching of digital image-processing, useof photography and photo-transfer inprintmaking. Teaching of alternativeengraving and digital printing techniques.

7th semester• Intaglio: Introduction to and experimenta-tion with innovative “greener” techniques ofnon-toxic etching. Use of acrylic polymers,solarplate techniques, photo-etching, print-ing techniques with the use of water-basedinks.• Screen printing: stencil techniques, gum,slide – film, photo-transfer.• Digital image-processing, use of photog-raphy and photo-transfer in printmaking.• Project execution through the applicationof combined intaglio, screen printing andmonotyping techniques.• Application of digitally-processed imagesin printmaking. Teaching of alternative etch-ing and photo-etching printing techniques.

8th semester• Intaglio: Execution of a research project.Application of and experimentation with the

innovative “green” printmaking techniques bycombining intaglio, relief, screen printing,monotyping and photography techniques.• Screen printing: Execution of a project bycombining different intaglio, relief, screenprinting, monotyping and photographytechniques.• Application of digitally-processed imagesin printmaking. Application of alternativeetching and photo-etching printingtechniques.

At all semesters, the teaching work isaccompanied by screenings of audiovisualmaterial (in PowerPoint and video), meetingswith and lectures by invited artists and arthistorians, as well as visits to museums andexhibitions.

9th and 10th semesterPreparation of the diploma dissertation.

69

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of freebooks, to be selected among a suggestedbibliography on visual arts, art theory,history of art etc. In the case of both the 1stand the 2nd Printmaking Studios, suchreferences include, but are not limited to,titles by Julian Bell, Michalis Arfaras, VassilikiTsalamata, monographs on artists such asYiannis Moralis, Tonia Nikolaidi etc.

The required elective studio courses are the following:

1. Bronze casting – Plaster working2. Ceramics3. Drawing4. Elements of Painting5. Elements of Printmaking6. Elements of Sculpture7. Fresco and Portable Icons Technique8. Graphic Arts, Typography, and the Art of Book9. Mosaic

10. Multimedia-Hypermedia and Video Art11. Photography: Forms of the analog and digital photographic

image in contemporary art12. Stage Design

and:13. Foreign language

The Painting Division offers the following courses: Drawing,Elements of Painting, Fresco and Portable Icons Technique,Mosaic, Multimedia-Hypermedia and Video Art, and Stage Design;the Sculpture Division offers the courses: Bronze casting – Plasterworking, Ceramics, Elements of Sculpture; and the PrintmakingDivision the courses: Elements of Printmaking, Graphic Arts,Typography, and the Art of Book, and Photography: Forms of theanalog and digital photographic image in contemporary art.

After consulting the Curriculum in effect in the relevant pages ofthe Academic Catalog in hand, students are required to opt forone (1) elective studio course per semester of studies, to beattended from 2 to 6 semesters, from the following:

Required elective studiocourses’ syllabus

71

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

4. S

TUDIO

S’ &

COUR

SES’

SYLL

ABUS

1. Bronze casting – Plasterworking

The course is offered by the Sculpture Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 10

Markos Georgilakis, Assistant Professor

1st & 2nd semesterDuring the first two semesters of studies atthe “Bronze casting – Plaster working” studiocourse, students are taught the techniques re-garding all types of moulds (plaster-based,rubber ones etc.) as well as the making of castcopies in all sort of materials (plaster, cement,resin, paper, wax etc.).Next comes the teaching of bronze- and alu-minium-casting for art purposes.

During the semesters, a series of lectures,video and slide screenings etc., examine the

nature of the above materials and techniques,their contribution in the History of Art andtheir significance today.

3rd & 4th semesterStudents learn how to enlarge an artwork withthe use of plaster, as well as the making of asculptural composition in wax, to be ultimatelycast.

Lectures, educational visits and other activi-ties complement the above studio exercises.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by John Boardman, Le Corbusier, Alainde Botton, Benvenuto Cellini, Émile Zola, J. W. vonGoethe, Andrei Tarkovsky etc.

2. CeramicsThe course is offered by the Sculpture Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 30

Pavlos Paltoglou, STL Staff

1. Proposals – motifs – form.2. Shaping: solid balls of clay, hollow form,slab, relief – low relief – sunk relief, perfo-rated.3. Slipcasting (moulds)• Terracotta:1. Analysis of different clays, drying of art-works.2. Firing of artworks.3. Colouring of artworks.4. Raku.• Colours: Slips, oxides, fire glazes, enamels,on-glaze decoration – low temperatures.

72

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

3. DrawingThe course is offered by the Painting Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 63

Georgios Kazazis, Assistant Professor

The course’s purpose is to help students gainpractice and experience, and to perceive draw-ing as a primary field of creation in its diverseforms, regardless of the visual-art media.

The course’s teaching mainly consists of thefollowing topics, covered throughout the aca-demic year:

1st semester• Drawing after a life model.• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Drawing exploration and interpretation ofspace.• Subject-based exercises regarding the con-cepts of comparison, positioning in space, andmateriality.• Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

2nd semester• Drawing after a life model.• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Drawing exploration and interpretation ofspace.• From three dimensions to two.• Subject-based exercises regarding the con-cepts of comparison, positioning in space, andmateriality.• Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

3rd semester• Drawing after a life model.

• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Drawing and the audiovisual media.• Drawing and installation-construction.• Visual exploration on reporting tones tocolours.• Subject-based exercises regarding earlyapproaches to various concepts.• Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

4th semester• Drawing after a life model.• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Computer-aided drawing.• Drawing and the audiovisual media.• Further probing into the concept of draw-ing as a strategy.• Visual exploration of drawing as a meansof expression.• Subject-based exercises regarding ap-proaches to various concepts.

73

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

5th semester• Drawing after a life model.• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Computer-aided drawing.• Drawing and the audiovisual media.• Drawing and installation-construction.• Subject-based exercises regarding all theabove. • Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

6th semester• Drawing after a life model.• Drawing after a non-life model.• Drawing after a virtual model.• Computer-aided drawing.• Drawing and the audiovisual media.• Drawing and installation-construction.• Drawing and performance.• Subject-based exercises regarding all theabove. • Screenings and lectures on topics regard-ing visual controversies or comparisons.

In the context of the “Drawing” studio course,and especially during the 4th, 5th, and 6th se-mesters of studies, and apart from the repre-sentational drawing (figure drawing, linearperspective drawing etc.), topics covered in-clude instances where the concept of propor-tionality is expanded, as seen in contemporaryart.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Giorgio de Chirico, Roland Barthes,Nicolas Calas, David Sylvester, Herbert Read, Gian-nis Kounellis, Marcel Duchamp, Manolis Andronikos,Paul Klee, J.W. von Goethe, Honoré de Balzac etc.

4. Elements of PaintingThe course is offered by the Painting Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 24

Aristotelis Tzakos, Associate Professor

The course’s duration is four semesters; itspurpose is to introduce students (from theSculpture and Printmaking Divisions) to thefield of painting.

The course includes:• Studying of basic drawing principles, analy-sis of lines and shapes.• Introduction to colour, use and propertiesof the painting materials.• Exercises after models, exercises with non-painting materials, subject-based and concep-tual projects.• Exercises aiming to help students sharpentheir observation skills, with the use of aphoto camera as a means of recording the vi-sual phenomena, in an effort to ultimatelytransfer them to the painting space.• Screenings.

In the case of art education, no methodologyor educational system is guaranteed to yieldfruits. In this respect, the above syllabus is notto be taken as a fixed proposal; it is alwayspossible for the syllabus to be amended, ac-cording to circumstances – after all, that’s thepoint of Art.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Vincent Van Gogh, James Lord, PaulKlee, Giulio Carlo Argan, David Sylvester, Monroe C.Beardsley, André Breton, Ernst Hans Gombrich etc.

74

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

5. Elements of PrintmakingThe course is offered by the Printmaking Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 108

Students are divided into equal groups andadmitted in the 1st and 2nd Printmaking Stu-dios.

1st Printmaking Studio

Ioannis Gourzis, Assistant ProfessorKonstantina Kotsiou, Assistant ProfessorApostolos Peirounidis, Assistant ProfessorMary Schina, Assistant Professor

1st semester of studies• Introduction to engraving and printing.(Students are divided into two equal groups.)• Intaglio: Drypoint, printing, engraving onwood and similar surfaces, printing.• Execution of subject-based compositions(black & white) with the use of various draw-ing materials (charcoal, ink, markers).• Personal written exercises, 3 to 4 pageslong, on the topic of printmaking.• What is printmaking; screenings.

2nd semester of studies• Intaglio: Drypoint, printing.• Engraving on wood and similar surfaces,printing.

3rd semester of studies• Intaglio: Drypoint, printing.• Engraving on wood and similar surfaces,printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

4th semester of studies• Etching, printing.• Woodcut, printing.

• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

5th semester of studies• Woodcut, printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

6th semester of studies• Woodcut, printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

2nd Printmaking Studio

Vassiliki Tsalamata, Associate ProfessorKonstantina Kotsiou, Assistant ProfessorApostolos Peirounidis, Assistant Professor

1st semester of studies• Introduction to engraving and printing.(Students are divided into two equal groups.)• Execution of subject-based compositions(black & white) with the use of various draw-ing materials, and exercise in transferring aprint from the History of Printmaking.

75

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Intaglio: Stencil, frottage, introduction tothe drypoint technique, printing.• Monotyping, experimentations with variousmaterials, inks, printing.• Woodcut, engraving on wood and similarsurfaces, printing.• What is printmaking; screenings.

2nd semester of studies• Intaglio: Drypoint, printing.• Woodcut or screen printing: Introduction towoodcut or screen-printing techniques, printing.

3rd semester of studies• Intaglio: Introduction to etching, both linearand tonal (aquatint), printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

4th semester of studies• Intaglio: Introduction to combined etchingtechniques: linear and tonal etching, ink &sugar, open bite, printing.• Colour woodcut, printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

5th semester of studies• Colour intaglio: Introduction to combinedetching-engraving and printing techniques.• Colour woodcut, printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

6th semester of studies• Colour intaglio: Introduction to combinedetching-engraving and printing techniques.• Colour woodcut, printing.• Screen printing, printing.• Lithography, printing.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Julian Bell and Michalis Arfaras.

6. Elements of SculptureThe course is offered by the Sculpture Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 152

Nikolaos Tranos, Associate ProfessorAikaterini Athanassiou, S&LT Staff

During the six (6) semesters of studies, stu-dents attending the “Elements of Sculpture”studio course execute exercises, both theoret-ical (focused on ideas and meanings) andpractical (focused on forms and materials),aiming at enabling each of them to design, re-alise, assess and approach within its historicalcontext of references their personal work.

From the 1st to the 6th semester, studentsexecute sculpture and drawing exercises aim-ing at their familiarisation with the visual lan-guage and its materials, as well as plasticexercises in the form of studies after a lifemodel or on a free subject (representationaland abstract art) with the use of materialsthat can be shaped or carved (clay, plaster,plasticine, wax, ceramics, silicones, woods,metals).The courses also include:• Exercises with the combined use of multiplemedia and materials (installations, video instal-lations, events, performances, constructions),the use of any material, ready-mades, collages,free experimentations, group projects.• Drawing exercises and planning of the exe-cution and realisation (production) of an art-work or project (financial and technical-ma-terial planning), personal quests and researchregarding the work of each student.• Exercises focused on the multiple ap-proaches and ways of visual formulation, andstudy of various practices in contemporary art.Other fields and topics covered, at an introduc-tory level, during this studio course, include:

76

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Sculpture and the visual arts vis-à-vis themoving image, photography, colour, architec-ture, the urban environment, the natural envi-ronment, the public space, the landscape, themonument, randomness.• Art beyond the materials’ potential, the“real” compact object – the theoretical object,mental objects – sacred objects, the body aspart of a material, time, the fleetingness of ex-perience.• The artwork and its respective context (his-torical, social, financial, psychological).• The artwork and space, audience, commu-nication, behaviours.• The artwork and its mechanical reproduction.• The process of art criticism: what is theartist’s role and say in it?• The scenario in the visual arts.• The traditional concept of artwork, the con-cept of collectable, investment value, art mu-seums, art products, art market.• The artists and their professional prospects.

Students of all semesters attend theoreticallectures on the history of art, sculpture andthe aesthetics, as well as presentations onartists, art movements and particular exhibi-tions that have marked contemporary art.

The course is structured upon the followingmain axes: a subject is given and then followsan open discussion with the participation ofall the studio’s students. Then, students pres-ent their ideas and draft studies, which areassessed and discussed, in groups or witheach student individually; the subject is ap-proached theoretically by researching relevantreferences and the work of other artists or artmovements, while the issues of technical sup-port, execution and exhibition of the projectare also examined. Students present and de-fend their project in front of the entire studioteam and are solely responsible for the finaloutcome. The presentation is followed by a

discussion with the professors, with the activeparticipation of all the other students. Thesame method is also applied in the case ofpersonal projects on subjects selected by thestudents themselves.

The studio’s students participate in variousworkshops, field trips, and visits to museumsand exhibitions.

The “Elements of Sculpture” elective studiocourse is offered by the 1st Sculpture Studio,which is fully equipped with all necessary toolsand possesses all necessary premises for thecreation of visual art works, while studentscan also borrow the available digital equip-ment. Students attending the studio coursemay also make use of the Sculpture Division’sceramics, marble-working, woodworking, plas-ter-working, and metalworking workshops.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Tony Godfrey, Michel Foucault, JeanBaudrillard, Nicolas Calas, Jean-Michel Besnier,Ernst Jünger, Matthew Gale, Georges Bataille, Denisde Rougemont, Pliny the Elder etc.

77

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

7. Fresco and Portable IconsTechnique

The course is offered by the Painting Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 24

Pavlos Samios, Assistant Professor

The course’s purpose is the study of ancientand Byzantine visual expression. Teaching fo-cuses on the study of the traditional fresco,encaustic painting, and portable icon tech-niques. The course also aims at students’ fullyassimilating the above techniques, in order forthem to be able to apply them in contempo-rary art forms.

Brief outline of the course’s syllabus:

Fresco• Fresco materials and techniques.• Mural painting on wet, fresh lime mortar.• Painting study after Paleologan Schooloriginals.

Portable icon• Wood preparation materials and tech-niques.• Canvas gluing, “bolo” primer preparation,gold-leaf burnished gilding.

Encaustic painting• Encaustic painting materials and tech-niques.• Wax mixed with mastic, on an encaustichot palette.• Painting study after Fayum mummy por-traits originals.

1st semester of studies• Introduction to the fresco, encaustic paint-

ing, portable icon, and stained glass tech-niques and materials.• Introductory practical course on the mate-rials and techniques in use.• Fresco I: The technique of ancient Greekmural painting and of Byzantine and Renais-sance fresco on wet lime mortar and sand.• Encaustic painting Ι: The encaustic paintingtechnique of hot wax and mastic resin onwood.• Portable icon I: The portable icon techniqueon wood, glued canvas, gold-leaf burnishedgilding, egg tempera painting and final var-nishing.• Stained glass Ι: The stained glass tech-nique, glass painting with enamel, cutting andfiring in the furnaces, lead or copper joints.

2nd semester of studies• Introductory theoretical course withscreening of the most important monumentalartworks from ancient, Byzantine and Renais-sance Art.• Fresco II: Painting study after Hellenistic,Byzantine and Renaissance copies.• Encaustic painting II: Painting study afterFayum mummy portraits copies.• Portable icon II: Painting study in egg tem-pera after copies of Byzantine and post-Byzantine icons.• Stained glass II: Study in stained glass.

3rd semester of studies• Fresco III: Original composition with theuse of the fresco technique.• Encaustic painting III: Original compositionwith the use of the encaustic painting tech-nique.• Portable icon III: Painting study in egg tem-pera after copies of Byzantine and post-Byzantine icons.• Stained glass III: Original composition withthe use of the stained glass technique.

80

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

4th semester of studies• Fresco IV: Original composition with theuse of the fresco technique.• Encaustic painting IV: Original compositionwith the use of the encaustic painting tech-nique.• Portable icon IV: Painting study in egg tem-pera after copies of Byzantine and post-Byzantine icons.

• Stained glass IV: Original composition withthe use of the stained glass technique.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIAL Students areentitled to a number of free books, including titlesby Michel Quenot, Cyril Mango, N. Ozoline, TaniaVelmans, Pliny the Elder etc.

81

8. Graphic Arts, Typography,and the Art of Book

The course is offered by the Printmaking Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 37

Leoni Vidali-Lambrinakou,Associate ProfessorPatricia Deligianni, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980) Konstantinos Bakas, STL Staff

Students systematically attend courses on thehistory of Graphic Arts, from the first appear-ance of writing to today’s digital media. Fur-thermore, by means of various screenings,seminars, lectures by guest speakers from theGraphic Arts field, students are initiated to awide range of Graphic Design and Arts appli-cations.

1st semester of studiesDuring the 1st semester, students work at thehistorical A.S.F.A. Press Typography Studio, atthe Patission str. campus. They proceed tohand-composing typesetting, execute lay-outdrafts and print cards and pamphlets at thevertical and the flat-bed printing press or theoffset press.

2nd semester of studiesDuring the 2nd semester, students work at theGraphic Arts – Typography Studio of thePireos str. campus. They experiment on the re-lationship between text-writing and image,using Macintosh computer systems andQuarkXPress, Adobe InDesign, Adobe Illustra-tor, Adobe Photoshop computer applications,executing experimental art books, livresd’artistes, posters and CDs, and printing themwith the use of both traditional and digitaltechniques.

3rd & 4th semester of studiesDuring the 3rd and 4th semesters, studentsprobe more deeply into the field of GraphicArts, write their own texts and join promo-tional campaigns with posters they have de-signed themselves, in cooperation withvarious Institutions, NGOs etc.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Andrew Robinson and RobertBringhurst.

82

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

9. Mosaic


Daphne Aggelidou, Assistant ProfessorAggeliki Kokonaki, STL Staff

This course aims at familiarising studentswith the mosaic and its artistic potential. Stu-dents study ancient Greek and Byzantine mo-saics and experiment on technical exercises(direct and indirect method of tessellation,making of mural and floor mosaics, mosaicsin metal constructions, 3-D mosaics, selectionof various cements depending on each work’sneeds). As a medium, the mosaic can meet

various visual-expression needs.Using the mosaic art’s materials and tech-niques, students can create modern, inde-pendent, portable artworks.

1st semester of studies• Study of plastic solutions applied to the an-cient Greek, Roman and Byzantine mosaics.• Execution of mosaics using the direct andindirect methods of tessellation (introductionto and familiarisation with the mosaic art’smaterials and techniques).• Educational screenings of photos of an-cient Greek, Byzantine and modern mosaicartworks.

2nd semester of studies• Execution of modern mosaic artworks (fa-miliarisation with the techniques and specificaesthetic needs of the mosaic art).

83

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

• Exercises using metal frames, on mural andfloor mosaics.• Educational screenings of photos of an-cient Greek, Byzantine and modern mosaicartworks.

3rd semester of studies• Execution of modern mosaic artworks, inthe form of students’ personal projects.• Educational screenings of photos of an-cient Greek, Byzantine and modern mosaicartworks.• Exercises using metal frames, on mural andfloor mosaics.• Students acquire more technical and aes-thetic experiences and professional compe-tences.

4th semester of studies• Execution of modern mosaic artworks, inthe form of students’ personal projects.• Having assimilated the mediums’ tech-niques, students finalise their visual project.• Educational screenings of photos of an-cient Greek, Byzantine and modern mosaicartworks.• Exercises using metal frames, on mural andfloor mosaics, matching mosaics to a givenarchitectural space.

NotesEach student executes his or her own personalmosaic artworks. Apart from lectures and sub-ject-based screenings, intended for all stu-dents, teaching is personalised, monitoringand supporting each student’s own expressionidiom and visual style.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Nano Chatzidakis, Eftychia Kourk-outidou-Nikolaïdou, Chryssanthi Mavropoulou-Tsioumi, Charalambos Bakirtzis, Anastasia Tourta,Panagiota Asimakopoulou-Atzaka.

10. Multimedia-Hypermediaand Video Art


http://www.medialab.asfa.gr/

Matthaios Santorinaios,Assistant ProfessorVassiliki Betsou, LecturerStavroula Zoi, S&LT StaffTaxiarchis Diamantopoulos, AdjunctProfessor (P.D. 407/1980)Nefeli Dimitriadi, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)Aikaterini Antonopoulou, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

The “Multimedia-Hypermedia and Video Art”required elective studio course is addressedto all students of the A.S.F.A. Department ofFine Arts –regardless of their extent of famil-iarisation with digital technology– who are in-terested in understanding aspects of theDigital Culture and learning how to use digitalmedia as a means of artistic expression.

It is also intended for more advanced stu-dents, wishing to probe more deeply in spe-cific fields of the digital arts, such as videoart, virtual and enhanced reality, multi-usersystems, interactive installations in a realspace or on the Internet etc., according totheir specific artistic interests.

The course is structured upon different teach-ing units covering a) a 2-semester-long basictraining for beginners, and b) special topics,covering up to 2 academic years after thebasic training, for advanced students withspecial artistic interests (total: 6 semesters).

84

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

Students, according to their knowledge ofspecialised tools and programmes, enrol atthe respective semester.

The teaching process includes: introduction tothe aesthetics of the new media, teaching ofspecific computer programmes, further studyof special methodology issues, seminars onspecial topics, field trips and visits, exercisesand projects. The course’s structuring intoteaching units calls for a common organisa-tion of the particular courses and a close co-operation between members of the teachingstaff, with a view to meeting the needs ofbetter allocation of the teaching work, spe-cialisation and complementarity of digitalmeans and visual forms. Students are re-

quired to execute individual projects for eachteaching unit, but also a combined multimediaartwork project, with the entire students andteaching staff team. The final grading of theproject is calculated taking into considerationthe individual grading by all members of theteaching staff.

Apart from the weekly teaching hours, thecourse’s syllabus also provides for lectures byguest speakers, screenings of audiovisual ma-terial, and artwork presentations.

The teaching units forming up the course’ssyllabus are as follows:

85

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

1.1. Methodology and aestheticsof the digital artwork1.2. Narrative – Screenplay –Multi-scenario – Programming

Instructor:Matthaios Santorinaios,Assistant Professor

This teaching unit aims at introducing stu-dents to the methodology and aesthetics ofthe digital artwork, before enabling them tofurther probe into this field. The concept ofDigital Environment is at first presented andexplained, with its differences from its analogcounterpart being analysed next. By means ofexamples of artworks, students are taught thehistory of the new media, from video art to in-teractive artworks in a real space and on theInternet, the virtual and enhanced reality, theartificial entities, even games and the socialweb on the Internet. (Teaching of a great partof this unit has formed the basis of an inde-pendent course, namely the “History of theNew Media”, at the Department of Art Theoryand History of Art of the A.S.F.A., which stu-dents of the Department of Fine Arts are freeto enrol at and attend.)

At the same time, the concept of narrative asa basic structure of the multimedia and au-diovisual work is also examined: students fol-low courses on screenplay, multi-scenario,project planning, while programming is pre-sented as a special form of writing, affectingthe final technical structure of the work andits outcome, thus directly determining, mostof the times, the audience’s reactions. Bymeans of presentations of artworks and exer-cises at every stage of the creative process(initial idea, screenplay, multi-scenario, pro-gramming), in cooperation with the otherteaching units, students acquire the necessaryscientific, technical and artistic foundations

for creation in the specific environments ofthe course’s field.

The outline of the syllabus of units 1.1 and 1.2during the 1st and 2nd semesters is as fol-lows:

1.1.Introduction to the Digital Culture:• Differences between Digital and AnalogCulture.• The Digital Culture’s basic tools and envi-ronment: the computer, the network, the In-ternet.• Human-machine interaction tools (inter-faces). The “genealogy” of various pro-grammes and their creative combination.Open-source software.• Ideology and aesthetics. Introduction to thecreation of digital artworks (Internet, interac-tive installations, virtual and enhanced realityartworks, digital games).

1.2.• Basic principles of screenplay development.• Basic principles for the development of amulti-scenario (non-linear narrative) for an in-teractive artwork.• Basic principles for the development ofsoftware intended for non-linear-narrativeartworks.• Basic principles for the use of interactivesystems in the creation of artworks (experi-mentations with microcontroller systems andsensors).• Basic principles for the development of adigital artwork project.

The outline of the syllabus of units 1.1 and 1.2during the 3rd and 4th semesters is as fol-lows:

• Development of a specialised digital art-work project.

86

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

This comes as a continuation of the syllabusof the first two semesters. However, depend-ing on their knowledge and competences, stu-dents may enrol directly at this semester. Theexercise is about the planning and executionof a combined artwork, such as an installation,with the use of digital technology, of Internetartworks, interactive artworks in a real spaceetc.• Completion of a multi-scenario for an in-teractive artwork.• The project’s field is selected, following adiscussion between the students and theteaching staff, taking into consideration theavailability of interactive systems at the Stu-dio (Internet, interactive installations with dif-ferent sensors’ structures, virtual andenhanced reality).• Development of the necessary technicalparts and programming for the project’s op-eration.• Technical issues.• Artistic and aesthetic issues.

The outline of the syllabus of units 1.1 and 1.2during the 5th and 6th semesters is as fol-lows:

Cooperation with each student individually (orwith a group of students), with a view to thecompletion of the specialised digital artworkproject already undertaken, or developmentand execution of a new project, calling for anin-depth exploration of issues regarding theartistic and technological integration andcompletion of a digital artwork.

Each student completes and presents his orher personal (or group) combined artworkproject, undertaken into one of the followingfields: interactive video, interactive artworksin a real space, Internet artworks, and virtualand enhanced reality artworks. Furthermore,students present their research on resolving

specialised technical or aesthetic problems,necessary for completing the specific project.

Students also attend the relevant seminars ofunit 4:• Seminar on Internet multi-user spaces.• Seminar on interactive interfaces with sensors.(Seminars are open to students from all se-mesters, provided they have the requiredknowledge to attend them.)

Contact information:Student office hours: Wednesday, 17:00-20:00,at the Multimedia StudioEmail: [email protected]

2. Video art

Instructor: Vassiliki Betsou, Lecturer

PurposeThe purpose of the “Video art” studio courseis to enable students explore the expressivepotential and technical characteristics of thevideo (and, more generally, the moving image)

87

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

medium, with a view to its use as a means ofexpression in creating artworks, either inde-pendently, or combined with other media inthe context of artistic proposals and works.

StructureThe course presents and analyses all thestages of the creation of a video-art work,from the visualisation of the initial idea andthe necessary preliminary work (pre-produc-tion), to the production stage, and the work’sediting to its final form (post-production: se-lection of “useful” shots, digital editing andprocessing of the moving image and synchro-nised soundtrack, the work’s time structuring/ rhythm, one-channel projection or projectioninto space – installation), with emphasis puton the aesthetic and visual organisation ofthe work.

Furthermore, the course also provides for thepresentation and analysis of video-art worksof the visual avant-garde, from the 1960s tothe present, and examples from both the ex-perimental and narrative cinema, with a view

to the better understanding of the medium’sexpressive potential and the analysis of thebasic elements of formulation of the audiovi-sual language, as to its composition and com-ponents, such as image, sound and editing.

Particular emphasis is put:• on the organisation and execution of proj-ects in the context of the studio course, focus-ing on basic expressive, composition, narrativeand technical issues put by the specificmedium.• on the organisation and execution of per-sonal projects (video and video-installations),in the context of the studio course, with theteaching staff’s supervision and support, as tothe structure, organisation, composition, aes-thetics, narrative and technical issues arisingat all production stages.

AssessmentStudents are assessed on the basis of the re-quired projects they execute in the context ofthe studio course. Their attendance and activeparticipation are also taken into consideration.

88

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

3. Special technical issues and environ-ments in the creation of digital artworks

Instructor: Stavroula Zoi, S&LT Staff

This teaching unit regards the technical real-isation of an artistic proposal combining var-ious digital components used as means ofexpression (image, video, sound, screenplayprogramming, composition into space), ac-cording to the artistic needs arising from theother teaching units (1. and 2.).Students are initially familiarised with the rel-evant international practices, by means ofpresentations of digital artworks and tools. Inthis context, the basic technical aspects of re-alising an artwork in a digital environmentare explained, namely the design of digitalobjects, the synchronisation of multiple var-ied information flows, the concept of interac-tion, etc.

Students are given presentations of and usesoftware packages (e.g. Adobe Flash, AdobeDirector, Dassault Virtools, as well as open-source ones, such as openFrameworks, Eyes-Web etc.), and also more complex platforms(such as the Apache-PHP-MySQL web plat-form). Such packages are selected accordingto the level of the students’ familiarisationwith the digital technology, their level of stud-ies (beginners or advanced students, respec-tively), and the specific needs regarding theexecution of student projects.

4. Seminars

Instructor:Taxiarchis Diamantopoulos,Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

4.1. Seminar on digital sound processing:• Introduction to the nature and characteris-tics of sound.

• Introduction to the concepts and basic ele-ments of the digital sound.• Understanding of the sound module and itsuse in the new music of the 20th century.• Enabling students to acquire the necessaryskills for the creation, processing and config-uration of audio sources, with an ultimateview to creating sound modules.

Instructors:Nefeli Dimitriadi, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)Aikaterini Antonopoulou, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

4.2. Seminar on 3D graphics.• Introduction to the basic principles of thecreation of 3D graphics.

4.3. Seminar on the interactive interfaceswith the use of sensors.• Introduction to the use of interactive inter-faces and sensors, with a view to creatingoriginal artworks.• Design and execution of an interactive in-stallation.

4.4. Seminar on Internet multi-user 3D spacesof remote creation and collaboration.• Experimentation with open-source tech-nologies and platforms• Execution of a remote-collaboration virtualspace.• Discussion on the new theoretical, artistic,aesthetic and technical issues arising.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Vilém Flusser, Philippe Breton, andthe Adobe Creative Team.

89

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

11. Photography:Forms of the analog and digitalphotographic image incontemporary art

The course is offered by the Printmaking Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 139

Manolis Baboussis, Associate ProfessorGiorgos Totskas, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)Alexandros Voutsas, S&LT StaffGiota Khachaturian, STL Staff

Webpage: www.photography.asfa.grEmail: [email protected]

The course explores the creation of artworkswith the use of photographic media, whetherindependently or in combination with other artmedia. Its goal is to train the students’ gazewith respect to the various aspects of thephotographic image. Apart from a dialectic di-alogue developed during the course, on theaesthetic approaches to and the technicalparticularities of the projects students are re-quired to execute, the latter are taught –bymeans of seminars– the history of the photo-graphic artworks, focusing on their aestheticand technical aspects. Photographic artworks,whether executed independently or in combi-nation with other art media, are perceived asboth ways and means of artistic expression,and are examined in relation to the overallprogress of contemporary art.

Photographic artworks are an integral part ofcontemporary art production and the historyof art, while photography, in its various forms,is taught as a major discipline in most Euro-pean and US Fine Art Schools for decades.

Photography studies were first established atthe A.S.F.A. during the academic year 1999-2000; the Course is fully equipped with dark-room, studio, and computer facilities.

Photography has expanded and developed ourways of perceiving, analysing and understand-ing the ever-changing reality around us. Thefact that photography produces images makesit at the same time a spiritual means of ex-pression. The photograph of an object, an ac-tion or an event is not that object, that actionor that event. What changes when somethingis detached from its original time & spacecontinuum and is recreated in the photo-graphic space? Is this art medium’s natureconstant, or does it change in time?

The course aims to enable each student to de-velop his or her own personal creative ap-proach to the means and forms of photo-graphic image, in an interactive relation withpainting, sculpture, video art, installations andperformances. The course also aspires to at-tract and further cultivate the students’ inter-est in the photographic artworks of everyform and approach, in a constant dialoguewith the aesthetic ideas shaping Art in the21st century, so that not only can students un-derstand the wide range of possibilities of-fered by the media in question, but alsocritically develop their own work.

Each of the course’s three teaching units, i.e.the creative, the theoretical and the technical,seek to help students, in the span of 2 to 6 se-mesters, grasp in visual terms the particularityof forms and means of digital and analogimage in art. They seek to identify and arouseall things creative and consciously promotethem without offering ready-made solutions. Itis of great importance that the teaching of artshould acknowledge certain essential valuesthe duration of which lasts for more than just

91

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

one season, while at the same time differentapproaches are encouraged.

The Photography Studio Course organisesfield trips in Greece and abroad. For more de-tailed information on the course’s syllabus andthe Studio’s structure, operation, student proj-ects and activities you can visit the Studio’swebpage: www.photography.asfa.gr

1st & 2nd semester1. Photography art projects I/IIThe dialogue developed between the profes-sor and the students, in the presence of allcourse students, aims at analysing the aes-thetic approaches to and the technical partic-ularities of each project students are requiredto execute and of the free-subject project ofthe students’ choice. Such dialogue promotesstudents’ critical thinking on visual issues aris-ing from the viewing of photographic images.This process forms the basis of the course.

Portfolio submission and projects’ exhibi-tion I/IIA synthesis of the students’ work, in variousformats, is presented at the various exhibi-tions curated by the Studio. The idea is to in-troduce students to the experience of the artphotography exhibition: an educational expe-rience, where it is important for students tounderstand the different forms of photo-graphic image, from the framed photographas an object to photo projections and instal-lations, the photographic work’s exhibitionvalue, the morphological and conceptual dia-logue between various means and works, etc.

2. Introduction to photography. Its journeythrough Art.(Seminar consisting of 12 two-hour lecturesby M. Baboussis.)A theoretical seminar, complemented byslides’ screening, examining photography’sown history, as well as the relations between

92

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

the photographic image and other art formsand media, such as painting, sculpture, video,and architecture.

3. Introduction to photographic techniques I/II• Equipment. Analog photography with35mm cameras. Digital photography.• The darkroom. Developing and printingblack & white (b&w) photographs.

Practical exercisesIntroduction to the art of photography, withexterior and studio shots. The studio is fullyequipped.

3rd & 4th semester1. Photography art projects ΙΙΙ/ΙV • Issues of space, identity, environment.Forms of image video-projection. The se-quence of images. Introduction to film-editing.Photographic installations in space.• Portfolio submission. Exhibition of stu-dents’ projects.

2. Monographs on specific artists (Seminar)• Probing into the work of important artists.

3. Photographic techniques ΙΙΙ/ΙV• Introduction to the “digital darkroom”.• Special printing techniques for b&w andcolour photographs.• Introduction to the photography studio.Lighting techniques. Portraiture. Photograph-ing artworks.

Practical exercise in the studio.

5th & 6th semester1. Photography art projects V/VI• Student projects combining other media, andin conjunction with the photography history andtechniques taught during the corresponding se-mester. Contemporary approaches to painting,sculpture, cinema etc. by photographic means.

• Presentation of portfolios and defence ofthe students’ projects. Exhibition of the proj-ects.

2. Media forms and development. The pho-tographic language. (Seminar)• A critical approach of modern artists.

3. Techniques V/VI• Analog and digital shooting using medium-format film and camera back (use of theA.S.F.A. Photography Studio’s medium- andlarge-format equipment).• Digital image processing.• Design and presentation of a portfolio, inboth printed and digital form, of analog pho-tographic images.• Practical exercise: Studio, interior and ex-terior shots.• Submission of projects.

Equipment and technical infrastructure –Students’ benefits• The Studio’s fixed equipment.• Lending of photographic equipment to stu-dents.• Photo gallery. Transferring projects to CDs.• Scanning of projects.

Each semester, the Photography Studio ad-mits for practice three (3) students of the De-partment of Photography and Audiovisual Artsof the Athens H.T.E.I.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to four sets of teaching notesby Assistant Professor M. Baboussis (2 sets of the-oretical and 2 sets of technical notes); sets ofvideo-recorded lessons are also available. Studentsare also entitled to a number of free books, includ-ing titles by Gregory J. Markopoulos, Hans Bellmer,Gilles Deleuze, Michael Freeman, Andrei Tarkovsky,John Hedgecoe, Jacques Derrida etc.

93

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

12. Stage DesignThe course is offered by the Painting Division.Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Number of students: 61

Efthalia Pezanou, Assistant ProfessorVassiliki Psarrou, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980)

1st & 3rd semester of studies• Introduction to the recent Greek theatricalstage-design history.• Forms of theatrical space.• Study of two plays from the classical &modern repertory and execution of proposalsregarding their scenery, costumes and poster.• Studio exercises at the A.S.F.A. theatre hall.• Visits to Athens theatre halls.• Theatrical masks: design and making tech-niques.

• Lectures, screenings, meetings with the-atre professionals.

2nd & 4th semester of studies• Examples of use of the theatrical space bydistinguished stage directors and stage de-signers.• Contemporary stage designers and theirwork.• Study of one play from the ancient Greekrepertory and execution of proposals regard-ing its scenery, costumes and poster.• Visits to the ancient Theatre of Epidaurusand the ancient Theatre of Dionysus.• Stage design in Antiquity.• Use of colour and light.• Theatrical masks: design and making tech-niques.• Lectures, screenings, meetings with the-atre professionals.

SUGGESTED READING MATERIALStudents are entitled to a number of free books, in-cluding titles by Jacqueline de Romilly, Paolo Bosi-sio, Karolos Koun, Peter Brook, Louis B. Wright, JanKott, Pamela Howard etc.

13. Foreign language Semesters of studies: 1, 2, 3, 4

Maria Varra, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980) (English)Marina Leontari, Adjunct Professor(P.D. 407/1980) (French)

Two foreign languages are taught: Englishand French. For each one of them, the Depart-ment’s Curriculum offers six (6) teaching hoursper week.

94

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

FALL SEMESTER

• Art Methodology and Historiography 1• European Early Modern and Modern

History 1• Philosophy and Theory of Art 1• History and Theory of Art Criticism 1• European Literature 1• Anthropology of Art 1• Sociology of Art 1• History of the New Media 1• Introduction to the History of Film• Art Theory 1• Museology 1• History of Contemporary Art 1• Special topics in History of Art 1• Special topics in History of Architecture 1• Special topics in European History 1• Art and Philosophy 1 (seminar)• Comparative approaches to Art and

Literature 1 (seminar)• Exhibition curating 1 (seminar)• Special topics in History of the New Media• Research problems in History of Art• Art and Psychoanalysis (seminar)• Architecture and public space 1

SPRING SEMESTER

• Art Methodology and Historiography 2• European Early Modern & Modern

History 2• Philosophy & Theory of Art 2• History and Theory of Art Criticism 2• European Literature 2• Anthropology of Art 2• Sociology of Art 2• History of the New Media 2• Introduction to the History of Theatre• Psychoanalytical approaches of Art

(seminar)• History of Modern Art• Art Theory 2• Museology 2• History of Contemporary Art 2• Special topics in History of Art 2• Special topics in History of Architecture 2• Special topics in European History 2• Art and Philosophy 2 (seminar)• Comparative approaches to Art and

Literature 2 (seminar)• Exhibition curating 2• Special topics in Art Theory• Research problems in Art Theory (seminar)• Architecture and public space 2

95

ATHE

NS S

CHOO

L OF

FIN

E AR

TS /

4. S

TUDI

OS’ &

COU

RSES

’ SYL

LABU

S

COURSES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ART THEORY AND HISTORY OF ARTALSO OFFERED AT THE DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS

During the academic year 2011-2012, the following courses of the Department of Art Theoryand History of Art can also be attended, as elective lecture courses, by students of the Depart-ment of Fine Arts, during the respective (Fall or Spring) semesters.

(Note: Not all of the following courses are necessarily offered in each academic semester; courses areoffered provided a minimum of students have enrolled at them. The syllabus of the following courses isgiven in detail in the Academic Catalog of the Department of Art Theory and History of Art.)

97

Κιουρτσόγλου Ελευθέριος / Kiourtsoglou Elestherios

Κωστορίζου Ξανθή / Kostorizou Xanthi

Ελευθεράκης Παναγιώτης / Elestherakis Panagiotis

Φρατζεσκάκης Νάσος / Fratzeskakis Nassos Αλατζιά Αγγελική / Alatzia Aggeliki

98

Μαυρογιάννη Ευτυχία / Mavrogianni Estychia

Αποστόλου Στέλλα / Apostolou Stella Χασούλα Χαραλαμπία / Hassoula Charalambia

Τσαγκαράκη Μαρία / Tsaggaraki Maria

99

Aποστόλου Θανάσης / Apostolou Thanassis

Μικιρδιτσιάν Γρηγόριος / Mikirditsian Grigorios

100

Χατζηκωνσταντής Νικόλαος / Hatzikonstantis Nikolaos

Λογοθέτη Σοφία / Logotheti Sofia

Βιδάλη-Σούλα Αθανασία / Vidali-Soula Athanassia

Μπόλκα Αναστασία / Mpolka Anastassia

101

Πετροπούλου Χρυσή / Petropoulou Chryssi

Μαραθάκη Ευαγγελία / Marathaki Evaggelia

Αποστολοπούλου Ειρήνη / Apostolopoulou Eirini

Κωβαίος Θεόδωρος / Kovaios Theodoros

102

Γαïτάνος Γιώργος / Gaitanos Giorgos

Κουτσουμάνη Παρασκευή / Koutsoumani Paraskevi

Φωτοπούλου Μαρίλια / Fotopoulou Marilia Πρίφτη Έλενα / Pristi Elena

103

Eυαγγελίδου Όλγα / Evaggelidou Olga

Χαραβιτζίδου Άννα / Haravitzidou Anna

104

Γιαννοπούλου Εύα / Giannopoulou Eva Αδαμαντίδης Λεωνίδας / Adamantidis Leonidas

Επιτηδείου Αικατερίνη / Epitideiou Aikaterini

105

Τζάρος Αλέξανδρος / Tzaros Alexandros

Μικροπούλου Ευγενία / Mikropoulou Evgenia

Διέλλα Φωτεινή / Diella Foteini

Τζηρίνη Παναγιώτα / Tzirini Panagiota

106

Χατζηδάκη Αικατερίνη / Hatzidaki Aikaterini

Δημητροπούλου Ελένη / Dimitropoulou Eleni

Γεωργά Ματίνα / Georga Matina

Λογιωτάτου Μιχαέλα / Logiotatou Michaela

107

Κοέν Δανιήλ / Cohen Daniel

Ξανθόπουλος Δημήτρης / Xanthopoulos Dimitris Μπαρτζιώκα Ηρώ / Mpartzioka Iro

Τουμαζάτου Ελένη / Toumazatou Eleni Κουτελιέρη Ευαγγελία / Koutelieri Evaggelia

108

Τσιότη Σίσυ / Tsioti Sissy

Κολιόπουλος Ιωάννης / Koliopoulos Ioannis

Κύρκου Ευδοκία / Kyrkou Evdokia

Κιτμερίδης Νικόλαος / Kitmeridis Nikolaos

Ζαφειράτος Ηλίας / Zafeiratos Ilias

Τζάκη Μυρτώ-Σοφία / Tzaki Myrto-Sofia

Χαρατσάρη Μαρία / Haratsari Maria Κυριτσόπουλος Λοΐζος / Kyritsopoulos Loizos

Κρέτσης Χαράλαμπος / Kretsis Charalambos

109

Μαρλίτση Πολυξένη / Marlitsi Polyxeni

110

Αριστοτέλους Μαρία / Aristotelous Maria

Μπομπέτσης Γεώργιος-Ευάγγελος / Mpompetsis Georgios-Evaggelos

Παππά Αλίκη / Pappa Aliki

111

Μυτιληνός Νικόλαος / Mytilinos Nikolaos

Δημητριάδη Ευλαμπία / Dimitriadi Evlambia

Μεγαλοοικονόμου Εύα / Megalooikonomou Eva

Μπλιούμη Λία / Mplioumi Lia

Μιχαηλίδης Χρήστος / Michailidis Christos

Πετρίδου Ελευθερία-Μαρία / Petridou Elestheria-Maria

Όιμπακ Γεώργιος / Oimbak Georgios

112

Γεροδήμος Βασίλης / Gerodimos Vassilis

Ταγαρίδη Ερατώ / Tagaridi Erato

Κουϊμτζόγλου Τίμος / Kouimtzoglou Timos

113

Und

ergr

adua

te S

tudi

esCu

rricu

lum

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 1

(Painting or Sculpture or

Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 1

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 1

(theory)

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 1

(drawing)

Foreign language 1

(English or French)

Required elective studio or

studio course1

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Foreign

language

course

Studio /

Studio course

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

A.S.F.A.

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 2 2 2 12

Total: 42

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 2 2 9

Total: 32

NOTE

S

1st semester

REQ

UIRED

DIVISION STU

DIOS (RDSs) &

REQ

UIRED

LECTU

RE COURSES (RLCs)

Holde

rs of a

Foreign

Language Certifica

teare d

ispensed a

nd di-

rectly

awarded

the

relev

ant C

redits.

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total: 30

Students are a

ccred-

ited 2 Credits upon

completion of all 4

semesters’ Foreign

Language co

urses.

114

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 2


Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 2

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 2

(theory)

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 2

(drawing)

Foreign language 2

(English or French)


studio course

1

Field trip in Greece or

abroad

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Foreign

language

course

Studio /

Studio course

Seminar

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

A.S.F.A.

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Fine Arts

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 2 2 2 12

Total:42

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 2 2 9 [2]

Total:32

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total:30

NOTE

S

2nd semester

Students participating

in a field

trip are

accredited 2 Credits.

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Holde

rs of a

Foreign

Language Certifica

teare d

ispensed a

nd di-

rectly

awarded

the

relev

ant C

redits.

Students are a

ccred-

ited 2 Credits upon

completion of all 4


Language co

urses.

115

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

116

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 3


Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 3

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 3

(theory)

Foreign language 3

(English or French)


studio course1

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Foreign

language

course

Studio /

Studio course

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

A.S.F.A.

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 4 2 12

Total:42

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 4 9

Total:32

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total:30

Students are a

ccred-

ited 2 Credits upon

completion of all 4


Language co

urses.

NOTE

S

3rd semester

Holders of a Foreign

Language Certifica

teare dispensed and di-

rectly aw

arded the rel-

evant C

redits.

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 4


Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 4

Theory of S

pace –

History of A

rchitecture 4

(theory)

Foreign language 4

(English or French)


studio course1

Field trip in Greece

or abroad

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Foreign

language

course

Studio /

Studio course

Seminar

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

A.S.F.A.

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Fine Arts

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 4 2 12

Total:42

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 4 9 [2]

Total:32

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total:30

Students are a

ccred-

ited 2 Credits upon

completion of all 4


Language co

urses.

NOTE

S

4th semester

Holders of a Foreign

Language Certifica

teare dispensed and di-

rectly aw

arded the rel-

evant C

redits.

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Students participating

in a field trip

are ac-

credited 2 Credits.

117

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 5


Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 5

Introduction to Philosophy

& Aesthetics 1

Required elective studio

or studio course

1

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Studio /

Studio course

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 2 12

Total:38

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 2 9

Total:30

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total:30

NOTE

S

5th semester

No 1. 2. 3. 4.

118

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 6


Printm

aking)

History of A

rt 6

Introduction to Philosophy

& Aesthetics 2


or studio course

1

Field trip in Greece

or abroad

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Studio /

Studio course

Seminar

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Fine Arts

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 4 2 12

Total:38

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 4 2 9 [2]

Total:30

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

16 4 3 7

Total:30

NOTE

S

6th semester

Students p

articipat-

ing in a field

trip are


No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

119

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 7


Printm

aking)


or studio course

1

Required elective lecture

course

2

Pedagogy

Art E

ducation 1

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Studio /

Studio course

Elective

lecture course

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 12 3 <2>

<6>

Total:

35 / <43>

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 9 3 <2>

<6>

Total:

27 / <35>

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

20 7 3 <2>

<6>

Total:

30 / <38>

NOTE

S

7th semester

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Courses a

remandatory only

for those wish

-ing to teach Art

in the Secondary

Education.

120

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Division Studios 8


Printm

aking)


or studio course

1

Required elective

lecture course

2

Educational Psychology

Art E

ducation 2

(Practice in Schools)


abroad

COURS

ETYPE

Studio

Studio /

Studio course

Elective

lecture

course

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Practice

Seminar

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Fine Arts

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20 12 3 <2>

<6>

<6>

Total:

35 / <49>

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 9 3 <2>

<6>

<6>

[2]

Total:

27 / <41>

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

20 7 3 <2>

<6>

<10>

Total:

30 / <48>

NOTE

S

8th semester

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Courses a

re manda-

tory only

for those

wishing to teach Art

in the Secondary

Education.

Students participating in

a field trip are accredited

2 Credits.

121

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

RDSs & RLCs

Dissertation preparation

COURS

ETYPE

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20

Total:20

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15

Total:15

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

30

Total:30

9th semester

Students must have

fulfilled

all course

requirements be

fore

presenting their dis-

serta

tion proposal.

No 1.

RDSs & RLCs

Dissertation preparation


abroad

COURS

ETYPE

Seminar

DIVISION or D

EPAR

T-MEN

T IN CHAR

GE

Painting or

Sculpture or

Printm

aking

Fine Arts

TEAC

HING

HOURS

20

Total:20

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

15 [2]

Total:15

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

30

Total:30

NOTE

S

NOTE

S

10th sem

ester

Students must have

fulfilled

all course

requirements be

fore

presenting their dis-

serta

tion proposal.

Students participat-

ing in a field

trip are


No 1. 2.

122

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

1. Students must opt for one (1) elective studio or studio course (per sem

ester), among the following:

Bronze casting – Plaster w

orking / Ceramics / D

rawing / Elements of Painting / Elements of Printmaking / Elements of Sculpture / Fresco and

Portable Icons Technique / Graphic Arts, Typography, and the Art of Book / Mosaic / Multim

edia-Hypermedia and Video Art / Photography:

Form

s of the analog and digital photographic image in contemporary art/ Stage Design

2. Students must opt for (a total of) tw

o (2) required elective lecture courses, among those offered by the Department of Art Theory & History

of Art (see table on page 95).

123

REQUIRED

ELECT

IVE ST

UDIOS,

STUDIO COURS

ES &

SEMINAR

S

Bronze casting – Plaster w

orking

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Ceramics 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Drawing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Elem

ents of P

ainting

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Elem

ents of P

rintm

aking

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Elem

ents of S

culpture

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Fresco and Portable Icons

Technique 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Graphic Arts, Typography,

and the Art o

f Book

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Mosaic 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

COURS

E TYPE

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

DIVISION or

DEPAR

TMEN

TIN CHAR

GE

Sculpture

Sculpture

Painting

Painting

Printm

aking

Sculpture

Painting

Printm

aking

Painting

TEAC

HING

HOURS

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

NOTE

SNo 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.Electiv

e stud

ios, studio courses & sem

inars

124

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

REQUIRED

ELECT

IVE ST

UDIOS,

STUDIO COURS

ES &

SEMINAR

S

Multim

edia-Hypermedia and

Video Art 1

, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Photography (Forms of the

analog and digital photographic

image in contemporary art)

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Stage Design 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Foreign language

1, 2, 3, 4

Field trip

COURS

E TYPE

Studio course

Studio course

Studio course

Foreign

language

course

Seminar

DIVISION or

DEPAR

TMEN

TIN CHAR

GE

Painting

Printm

aking

Painting

A.S.F.A.

TEAC

HING

HOURS

12 12 12 2

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

9 9 9 2

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

7 7 7 -

NOTE

SNo

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Students are accredited 2

Credits upon comple

tion of

all 4 se

mesters’ Foreign

Language co

urses.

Holde

rs of a

Foreign

Language Certifica

teare

dispensed

and

directly aw

arded the

relev

ant C

redits.

In Greece or abroad.

Students are accom

-panied by mem

bers

of the A.S.F.A. T&R

Staff and Adminis-

trative Staff.

125

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

ELEC

TIVE LEC

TURE

COURS

ESMAN

DATO

RYFO

R TH

OSE WISHING

TO TEACH

ART

IN SCH

OOLS

Pedagogy

(Fall sem

ester)

Educational Psychology

(Spring semester)

Art E

ducation 1

Art E

ducation 2

Practice in Schools

COURS

E TYPE

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

Lecture

course

DEPAR

TMEN

TIN CHAR

GE

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

TEAC

HING

HOURS

2 2 6 6 6

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

2 2 6 6 6

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

2 2 6 6 10

NOTE

SNo 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.Requ

ired electiv

e lecture courses

Electiv

e lecture courses

man

datory for tho

se wishing

to teach Art in the

Secon

dary Edu

catio

n

REQUIRED

ELECT

IVE LECT

URE

COURS

ES

Students are free to

chose

among the courses offered at

the Departm

ent o

f Art Theory &

History of A

rt

COURS

E TYPE

Elective

lecture

course

DEPAR

TMEN

TIN CHAR

GE

Art T

heory &

History of A

rt

TEAC

HING

HOURS

3

GRE

EKCR

EDITS

3

E.C.T.S.

CRED

ITS

3

NOTE

SNo 1.

Courses a

remandatory only

for those wish

ing

to teach Art in

the Secondary

Education.

126

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

127

ΑΝΩΤ

ΑΤΗ

ΣΧΟΛ

Η ΚΑ

ΛΩΝ

ΤΕΧΝ

ΩΝ /

5. Π

ΡΟΓΡ

ΑΜΜ

Α ΠΡ

ΟΠΤΥ

ΧΙΑΚ

ΩΝ Σ

ΠΟΥΔ

ΩΝ 2

011-

2012

NOTES ON THE UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES CURRICULUM

General

1. The grading, for all courses, corresponds to a scale of 0 to 10 (including half points);in order for students to successfully pass a course, a minimum grade of 5 is required.

2. The Credits required for the awarding of the Diploma (for all Divisions) are as follows:

COURSES

Required division studios

Required lecture courses

Required elective studio courses &seminars

Required elective lecture courses

Total of credits required for theawarding of the Diploma

Total of credits required forthe awarding of the Diplomafor those participating in thefield trips(2 credits x 5 trips = 10 credits)

E.C.T.S. CREDITS

196

44

56

6

302

GREEK CREDITS

150

46

72

6

274

284

129

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

Required division studios• The “required division studios” refer to thePainting, Sculpture and Printmaking Studios.• Students must attend and be successfullyexamined in all required division studios andall required courses, as mentioned in the rele-vant curriculum tables of the ten (10) semes-ters of studies.• In the case of the required division studios,the course No 1 (Fall semester) is not a pre-requisite for the course No 2 (Spring semes-ter); however, the courses No 1 (Fall semester)

and 2 (Spring semester) are prerequisitecourses for the course No 3, and so on.

Required elective studio courses• Students must opt for one (1) elective stu-dio course per semester; they must opt forthis particular course for at least two (2) con-secutive semesters, so that they can finally at-tend and be examined in up to four (4) pairsof elective studio courses. Students are thusawarded 56 E.C.T.S.-credits (or 72 Greek Cred-its). It is suggested that such required elective

3. For those wishing to teach Art in the Secondary Education, the Credits required for theawarding of the Diploma (for all Divisions) are as follows:

4. The courses offered during the Fall semesters are not offered during the Spring semesters,and vice versa.

COURSES

Required division studios

Required lecture courses

Required elective studio courses &seminars

Required elective lecture courses

Elective lecture courses only forthose wishing to teach Artin the Secondary Education

Total of credits required for theawarding of the Diploma

Total of credits required for theawarding of the Diploma for thoseparticipating in the field trips(2 credits x 5 trips = 10 credits)

E.C.T.S. CREDITS

196

44

56

6

26

328

GREEK CREDITS

150

46

72

6

22

296

306

130

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

studio courses are attended during the firsteight (8) semesters.

• The required elective studio course “Ele-ments of Painting” (regardless of numeric suf-fix) can be attended only by students of theSculpture or Printmaking Divisions; similarly,the required elective studio course “Elementsof Sculpture” (regardless of numeric suffix)can be attended only by students of the Paint-ing or Printmaking Divisions; and the requiredelective studio course “Elements of Printmak-ing” (regardless of numeric suffix) can be at-tended only by students of the Painting orSculpture Divisions.

• The following required elective studiocourses:Elements of Painting (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Elements of Sculpture (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Elements of Printmaking (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Drawing (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Ceramics (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Bronze casting – Plaster working (1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6),Photography (Forms of the analog and digitalphotographic image in contemporary art) (1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6)can be attended from the 1st to the 8th se-mester.

• The following required elective studiocourses:Multimedia-Hypermedia and Video Art (1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6),Fresco and Portable Icons Technique (1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6),Mosaic (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Stage Design (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6),Graphic Arts, Typography, and the Art of Book(1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)can only be attended from the 5th to the 8thsemester.

• In the case of the required elective studiocourses, the course with the numeric suffix 1is a prerequisite for attending the course withthe numeric suffix 2, and so on; i.e., studentsmust have attended and succeeded in the pre-vious course in order for them to attend thefollowing one.

• Any given required elective studio coursecan normally be attended for no more than six(6) semesters. In case, however, students needto further explore the technical and aestheticaspects of a medium taught in a specific studiocourse, with a view to the realisation of theirdiploma dissertation, they may be exceptionallygranted, at the beginning of each academicyear, the right to attend and be examined in thestudio course in question for a period beyondthe above mentioned maximum of six semes-ters, provided that circumstances allow forsuch an exception and that the Supervisor ofthe studio course in question approves in writ-ing such demand. In this case, students are ofcourse awarded the relevant credits, on top ofthe minimum credits normally required forbeing awarded their Diploma.

Lecture courses(of those offered at the Department of ArtTheory & History of Art)

• The required lecture courses are as follows:a) History of Art (6 semesters) b) Theory of Space & History of Architecture(4 semesters) c) Introduction to Philosophy and Aesthetics(2 semesters)

• The required lecture courses have no pre-requisites; i.e. students are not expected tohave attended and succeeded in the coursebearing the numeric suffix 1 in order for themto attend the course with the numeric suffix2, and so on.

131

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

132

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

5. U

NdER

gRAd

UATE

STU

dIES

CUR

RICU

LUm

201

1-20

12

• In order to be accredited six (6) creditscorresponding to required elective lecturecourses, students will have to enrol, attendand be successfully examined in two (2) suchcourses of one semester each. It is suggestedthat these two semester-long elective lecturecourses are attended during the 7th and 8thsemesters of studies. Students of the Depart-ment of Fine Arts have a free choice amongall courses offered in the annual curriculum ofthe Department of Art Theory & History of Art,regardless of the semester this course is nor-mally offered at the latter (with the exceptionof seminar courses).

Foreign languagesLearning one of the two foreign languages forwhich courses are offered is mandatory. Stu-dents are accredited 2 Credits upon comple-tion of all 4 semesters’ courses. In the case ofthe English Language Course, level A is set asa prerequisite for level B, whereas level B is aprerequisite for level C. In both cases, holdersof a Foreign Language Certificate are dis-pensed and directly awarded the relevantCredits.

Courses for those wishing to be ap-pointed to the Secondary Education• Students wishing to teach Art in the Sec-ondary Education (according to Article 14 ofLaw 1566/1985 and Article 1 of Law 2327/1995) must attend the following courses:“Pedagogy”, “Educational Psychology”, “ArtEducation 1”, and “Art Education 2” (& Prac-tice in Schools). Such courses should be at-tended during the studies and before thestudents are awarded their Diploma, becausethe students’ grading in these courses is takeninto consideration when calculating the stu-dents’ final diploma grading. Those who donot wish to attend the above courses mustformally declare so in writing to the Secre-tariat.

• Each of the courses “Pedagogy”, “Educa-tional Psychology”, “Art Education 1”, and “ArtEducation 2” (& Practice in Schools) is taughtduring a period of one (1) semester; they areoffered as follows:

Pedagogy, 5th semester,Educational Psychology, 6th semester,Art Education 1, 7th semester,Art Education 2 (& Practice in Schools), 8thsemester.

Practice in schools, in the context of the “ArtEducation 2” course, is performed after con-sulting with the Professor in charge.

Diploma dissertationBefore formally announcing to the Depart-ment’s Secretariat that they are ready topresent their dissertation proposal, studentsmust have fulfilled all course requirements, in-cluding all required elective studio courses.

134

PostgraduateStudiesProgrammes

To this day, the Department operatestwo (2) Postgraduate StudiesProgrammes (P.S.P.s), leading to theawarding of a “PostgraduateSpecialisation Diploma” (P.S.D.) orMaster’s Degree:

• The “Master in Digital Art forms”

P.S.P., since 1998.

• The “Master in Visual Arts” P.S.P.,

since 2004.

A third P.S.P., in collaboration with theUniversité Paris 8, has beenapproved and is expected to operateduring the academic year 2013-2014:

• The “Master in Art, Virtual Reality

& Multi-User Means of Artistic

Expression” P.S.P.

Note: A key to the abbreviations in use is tobe found on page 156.

135

136

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

“MASTER IN DIGITAL ARTFORMS” P.S.P.

The “Digital Art Forms” (D.A.F.) P.S.P. ismainly oriented towards the education andresearch in the field of visual art creation, inconjunction with the technical specialisationin the field of Digital Art Forms. The form-and image-making possibilities the audiovi-sual media and computer science offertoday, and put at the disposal of the artisticcreation, are infinite, while the notion of“combination” is synonymous with the verynature of the new media.

The “Digital Art Forms” P.S.P. was plannedand established with a view to meeting theeducational and specialisation needs ofyoung artists –and, under certain circum-

stances, of scientific researchers– regardingthe new, expanded forms and the newmeans of expression. It offers a combinationof artistic and technological education, re-search methodology, know-how and theoret-ical knowledge, thus supporting the activeparticipation of its graduates in the artisticprocess and research – in other words, in theadventure, the events and recent develop-ments of contemporary art.

The interdisciplinary character and structureof the P.S.P. in question are dictated by thevery nature and rapid progress of the newtechnological means, in conjunction with theexpanded, combined forms of expressionthat have emerged in contemporary Art. Theintersection of Art and Technology is nothingbut a common ground, defined by the collab-oration between professors teaching (and

137

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

specialised in) different fields, visual artists,audiovisual artists, scientists, engineers andart theorists. The digital forms and means ofexpression “demand as a prerequisite theconstant collaboration between artists, tech-nical staff and scientists, in order to ensurethe transfer of know-how, the students’ edu-cation on the basic computer principles andapplications, and digital systems in general,and the necessary support of Research &Development programmes in the context ofartistic projects”. Naturally, such a postgrad-uate studies programme also requires theconstant harmonious cooperation betweenstudents and professors, ensuring in practicethe above mentioned “common ground”.

Today, more than ever, in art and theoryalike, be it in the field of ideas, sciences orresearch, the notion of interdisciplinaritymeets an unprecedented expansion. InHigher Education, and in the context of theefforts made to upgrade and renew the ex-isting curricula, such trend is usually ascribedto and realised by means of “inter-universi-tary” and interdisciplinary cooperation be-tween academic institutions and professors.From the trunk of “pure” and clearly distin-guished disciplines, a great number of inter-disciplinary approaches and collaborationshave now sprung, branched away, pursuingnot merely an “expansion”, but also new pos-sibilities, ways, viewpoints and interpreta-tions, in the context of a combined researchprocess.

We all now live in a context of increased andbroad interdisciplinarity. Such trend couldnot leave contemporary art unaffected. Arthad always been the melting pot of new so-cial givens, new ideas, scientific break-throughs and technological innovations. Inthe early 20th century, such trend was ex-pressed by means of the historic art move-

ment of modernism, which often collidedfiercely with corporate mentalities and sec-tional interests, and faced efforts of retro-gression by the established academic art.

Summing up, it is fair to say that this inter-disciplinary character of the P.S.P. in ques-tion is reflected on its own educationalstructure, even affecting the selection of itsteaching staff and students alike. Althoughthat may still sound heretical in the contextof an art academy, this is a basic componentand a comparative advantage of the educa-tional profile of the P.S.P. in question. Studiesof this kind are, without a doubt, more diffi-cult, more demanding, the students’ work-load is increased, but, in return, the benefitsoffered to the graduates are also greater.

Graduates of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P. are artistswell-equipped, in both theory and practice,to handle the new forms and new means ofvisual expression, offered by the audiovisualand digital technology. They have acquired adeep and sound theoretical knowledge, butare also practically trained enough to securetheir place in the labour market. It is quitetelling that, apart from their personal artcreation and exhibition activities, manygraduates of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P. are currentlyteaching as appointed T&R Staff membersor adjunct professors in many Greek H.E.I.s,many are collaborating with various aca-demic bodies and institutions, some are pur-suing their postgraduate studies at adoctoral level, while others are working inthe field of design and digital applications.

Giorgos HarvaliasHead of the “Master in Digital Art forms”P.S.P.Associate Professor of the Department ofFine ArtsRector of the A.S.F.A.

138

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

1. ADMISSION OF POSTGRADUATESTUDENTSThe “D.A.F.” P.S.P. admits graduates, holdersof an academic degree by Greek H.E.I.s’ De-partments in Fine Arts, Visual Studies, Audio-visual Arts, Applied Arts, and Architecture, aswell as holders of a relevant degree byequivalent Departments of the GreekH.T.E.I.s, according to Par. 12c of Article 5 ofLaw 2916/2001 (Official Gazette 114 vol.1)and of relevant degrees by foreign equiva-lent accredited H.E.I.s.

As an exception, the “D.A.F.” P.S.P. may alsoadmit graduates of other Departments, pro-vided that, apart from all other specified re-quirements, the candidates’ submittedartistic work gives evidence of an extensiveknow-how, high artistic value, as well as rel-evance to the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s orientation.

The number of students to be admitted eachacademic year is specified by the P.S.C. andthe S.C.G.A. at the end of the previous aca-demic year, when the relevant Call for Appli-cations is drawn up. The number of studentsadmitted cannot be over twenty (20) and itdepends on the available equipment andworking-stations’ capacity of the P.S.P.

Attending the P.S.P. may, in the future, re-quire some kind of compensatory contribu-tion on behalf of the admitted students, inorder for the P.S.P. to cover part of its opera-tional expenditure. To this day, however,studies in the P.S.P. are gratuitous.

Criteria for assessing candidates are:• A particular relevance between the can-didates’ work and the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s orienta-tion, as well as the overall quality of theirartistic work.• The candidates’ familiarity, to a great ex-tent, with the use of modern audiovisual and

digital technology, as means of expression inthe context of contemporary art, and theirapplications in art.• The candidates’ knowledge of at leastone (1) foreign language (English or other),as evidenced by the relevant certificates.• The candidates’ efficiency in the theoryfield, their broader education, culture andmaturity, as shown in the personal interviewwith the Assessment Committee they un-dergo at the last stage of the assessment.• The candidates’ academic degreegrading.

The Assessment Committee takes into con-sideration the candidates’ qualifications,other personal skills and competences, andindividuality, particularly weighing in thecandidates’ respective needs to further ex-pand and specialise their knowledge and re-search in the use and development ofnew-technology means of artistic expression– such needs should already been sufficientlyevident in the executed artistic work or pro-posals submitted by candidates and as-sessed by the Committee.

Depending on which Department candidateshave graduated from, the Assessment Com-mittee may decide that certain candidates,before being admitted to the P.S.P., shouldattend and successfully be examined in anumber of additional courses, of those of-fered in the A.S.F.A. Undergraduate StudiesCurriculum. The maximum duration for at-tending the said additional courses is set attwo (2) academic semesters.

2. ADMISSION APPLICATIONSAdmission applications are submitted bycandidates within the deadlines announcedby the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s Secretariat, and shouldinclude the following documents:

139

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

• 1. Admission application• 2. An artwork portfolio containing:a. a presentation of selected previousworks or projects in CD and/or DVD form (forPC) and/or a photographic portfolio, with Α4or Α3 or 35x50 digital prints.b. a presentation of works or projects witha particular relevance to the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’sorientation, in DVD-video (PAL) and/or CDRom / DVD Rom (for PC) or miniDV form.c. short explanatory notes on the submittedworks; these should include: the work’s title,its duration (in case of video-art work orfilm), the date of its creation, a short de-scription, technical specifications (includingthe tools & techniques used) and a detailedlist of the persons involved in the project(credits).• 3. A certified photocopy of the candi-date’s academic degree. (In case of foreignH.E.I. graduates, candidates should also sub-mit an Academic Title Equivalence Certifi-cate issued by the N.A.R.I.C.)• 4. A CV of the candidate, which should in-clude his or her studies, artistic, research orprofessional activities and any eventual proj-ects with a particular relevance to the“D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s orientation.• 5. Foreign language certificates (foreignstudents should have sufficient knowledgeof the Greek language).• 6. Certification of the candidate’s com-puter skills and competences (especially inimage-processing, video and 3D-graphicssoftware, programming languages etc.).

The Assessment Committee, responsible forassessing and selecting the candidates foradmission to the “D.A.F.” P.S.P., takes intoconsideration each candidate’s qualificationsand individuality and calls a small number ofcandidates for a personal interview. The listof successful candidates is approved by theDepartment’s S.C.G.A.

3. STUDIES PROGRAMME &CURRICULUMThe studies programme and curriculum wereplanned with a view to meeting the moderneducational needs and aim at providing stu-dents with the theoretical education, artisticexperience, technological skills, and method-ology (all necessary in the use of combined,audiovisual, and digital means of expression)required for them to develop their own artis-tic or interdisciplinary research.

The programme extends over a period offour academic semesters and is structuredupon three main axes:• Courses and studios aiming at the cre-ation of audiovisual (video, video installa-tions, experimental cinema, virtualenvironments etc.) or combined works orforms, interactive installations, etc.• Courses and studios regarding researchin the field and applications of computer in-teractive multimedia, as well as the creationof works and environments of virtual reality,interactive platforms, etc.• Purely theoretical courses regarding theArt, History, Theory and Aesthetics of themedia.

Students are expected to attend all coursesand studios of the first two semesters, optfor a specialisation in the 3rd semester, andprepare and present their postgraduatediploma dissertation during the 4th semes-ter. The 4th semester is specifically reservedfor the preparation of the postgraduatediploma dissertation, the dual nature ofwhich involves a) the development of anartistic or research project, and b) the sub-mission of a theoretical paper.

From the experience gained in the years ofoperation of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P., it can besafely assumed that the theoretical courses

140

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

and preparation of written papers and dis-sertations have been key to the students’artistic formation and the expansion and de-velopment of their work. (This has been anovelty and an interesting finding, at leastduring the first years of operation of the“D.A.F.” P.S.P., compared to what was till thencustomary in the context of the A.S.F.A.studies.)

Theory lecture courses are of major signifi-cance in the shaping of a context in whichartistic creation can flourish, as evidencedby the way ideas and theories affect the stu-dents’ work, despite the common risk of mis-understanding, or even distorting, the exactcontent of scientific theories and ap-proaches. Nevertheless, it is through artisticcreation that the theory of art receives feed-back from the work of art and vice versa.

Diploma dissertationsThe students’ diploma dissertations are asignificant index for assessing the P.S.P. inquestion. To this day, postgraduate studentshave submitted high quality dissertations,many of which can be considered accom-plished artistic creations in their own right.They are more than satisfactory in terms oftechnical perfection, thus testifying the stu-dents’ familiarity with the digital media inuse, their narrative abilities and compe-tences in developing new means of artisticresearch, depending on the goals set by theirproposal. Postgraduate students are free tochoose either a diploma dissertation exclu-sively focused on their own artistic workand/or research, or to further explore thepossibilities offered by the new means of ex-pression and their applications in art, bycombining artistic and scientific research, in

141

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

an interdisciplinary approach. Due to its dualnature –art project and theoretical paper–,the “D.A.F” P.S.P.’s diploma dissertation is noeasy task, but has fruits to yield.

Postgraduate Diploma DissertationStudents submit their Postgraduate DiplomaDissertation proposals to the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’sSecretariat. The relevant application shouldinclude:• an analysis of the dissertation’s topic,• a description of the artistic proposal,• a note on the theoretical field of re-search,• a note on the technical aspect of theproject,• a note from the intended supervisorsstating that they accept to supervise theproject in question,• a list of scientific collaborators and tech-nical support staff.

Postgraduate dissertations may cover topicsranging from very specific issues to com-bined proposals on a vast field of researchand applications:• in the field of artistic and, especially, vi-sual creation;• in the field of applied research;• in a pure research-oriented direction ofinterdisciplinary nature (on the commonground or intersection of art, theory andscience, as defined by the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’sintended aims).

In any case, the postgraduate diploma dis-sertation is required to be of a combined na-ture:• Theoretical part (written paper, analysis)• Artistic part (art work and/or applicationproposal)• Technical part (research, integration anduse of new technical means in the art work).

Postgraduate diploma dissertations are su-pervised by a 3-member committee of“D.A.F.” P.S.P. professors: a theorist, responsi-ble for supervising the theoretical writtenpaper, an artist, supervising the art work,and a third member, of the postgraduatestudent’s choice, according to the specificneeds of the project. More generally, stu-dents are free to choose the members of thesupervising committee among the teachingstaff of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P., on the basis of thespecific and overall needs of the disserta-tion’s subject and taking into consideration anumber of factors, namely the long termpossibility of a fruitful cooperation betweenthe students and their supervisors, theiravailability, their specific knowledge in a cer-tain field or their broader culture etc.

Students are free to choose their supervi-sors among all members of the “D.A.F.”P.S.P.’s T&R Staff, regardless of course orsemester. In case an adjunct professor orvisiting staff of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P. is asked tosupervise a dissertation, then another mem-ber of the T&R Staff must also join the com-mittee. On the other hand, the committeemay also ask visiting staff of the P.S.P. toparticipate in the dissertations’ supervisionand the students’ guidance.

The reviewing, assessment and grading ofthe postgraduate diploma dissertation aremade by an assessment committee consist-ing of members of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s T&RStaff, which, following the dissertation’spresentation by the student and the relevantrecommendation by the 3-member supervis-ing committee, weighs in the artistic pro-posal, the theoretical paper and the project’stechnical achievement. Members of thePostgraduate Diploma Dissertation’s assess-ment committee, among the members of the“D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s T&R Staff, are selected with a

142

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

view to covering the entire research & devel-opment field of the dissertation’s subject.The final results are approved by the Depart-ment’s P.S.C. and S.C.G.A.

GradingThe final grading of the Postgraduate Spe-cialisation Diploma (P.S.D.) is calculated asthe sum of the average grading of allcourses of all semesters attended by thestudent, multiplied by a factor of 0.75, andof the Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation’sgrading multiplied by a factor of 0.25. ThePostgraduate Diploma Dissertation has acombined research nature, consisting of anartistic work-proposal and a theoreticalpaper, and is graded by taking into consider-ation both of them. The grading correspondsto a scale of 0 to 10; a minimum grade of 5is required for success. According to the“D.A.F.” P.S.P.’s own grading system, a grad-ing from 5 to 6.95 corresponds to a descrip-tion of “Good”; a grading from 6.96 to 8.65corresponds to a description of “Very Good”;and a grading from 8.66 to 10 correspondsto a description of “Excellent”.

4. STUDIES REGULATION• Postgraduate studies at the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.are conducted according to the system ofsemester-long courses. Each academicyear’s teaching work is structured into two(2) academic semesters (i.e. Fall semesterand Spring semester), the exact dates forthe beginning and end of which are definedfollowing a relevant decision by the S.C.G.A.The length of each academic semestershould comprise at least 13 weeks of actualteaching.

• The staff teaching courses and studio ex-ercises is appointed following a relevant de-cision by the S.C.G.A.

• The postgraduate courses workload isexpressed in (Greek education system)“Credits”. Each “Greek credit” corresponds toone (1) teaching hour per week for the dura-tion of one semester.

• The minimum duration of studies at the“D.A.F.” P.S.P., required for the awarding ofthe P.S.D., is set to four (4) semesters.

• The maximum duration of studies at the“D.A.F.” P.S.P., for the awarding of the P.S.D.,is set to two (2) years. As a general rule, thismay not be prolonged. In extraordinarycases, it is possible for students, following afully founded decision by the P.S.C. and theP.S.P.’s Head or the Department’s General As-sembly, to briefly prolong their maximum pe-riod of studies for up to one (1) year.

• At the end of each semester, the P.S.P.’sstudents undergo examinations in all coursestaught during said semester. Their assess-ment and grading may be partially or en-tirely based on the preparation of an artwork or project or the successful completionof studio exercises.

• If, during the examinations held at theend of each semester, students fail in morethan two courses, they are not entitled toenrol at the following semester and are ex-pelled from the P.S.P. Students are entitled tobe re-examined, during a following examina-tion period, in only one (1) course per semes-ter.

• If, upon completion of the 3rd regular se-mester of studies, students have failed inonly one (1) course, among all those taughtduring the above 3 semesters of the P.S.P.,then the grading of said course may be com-pensated by the grading of the PostgraduateDiploma Dissertation, and students may still

143

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

be awarded the P.S.D. Failure, however, inthe Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation cor-responds to failure in the P.S.D. and studentsare expelled from the P.S.P.

• Following a founded application by theinterested student and its approval by theP.S.C., students may temporarily suspendtheir studies for a period not exceeding one(1) year.

• For each student of the P.S.P., the P.S.C.appoints a member of the P.S.P.’s teachingstaff as supervisor. The P.S.C. and the super-visor are responsible for monitoring the per-formance of the postgraduate student undertheir supervision.

• Postgraduate students may be awardedassisting teaching work, according to theprovisions of Article 28 §7 of Law 2083/1992 and following a relevant decision bythe Department’s G.A., remunerated on thebasis of hourly wages. The relevant expendi-ture is ascribed to the A.S.F.A. budget.

• Postgraduate students participate ac-tively, by means of their legally elected rep-resentatives, in the administrative activitiesof the A.S.F.A. decision-making bodies (G.A.,S.C.G.A., Senate, S.C. Senate, Rector’s Coun-cil), thus contributing to the better organisa-tion and performance of the administrativeand teaching work of the Department andthe Institution.

• Postgraduate students are entitled to aStudent Health Care Booklet (unless alreadyinsured by another public social security or-ganisation), a Student Transport Pass, andfree catering, according to the provisions ofPresidential Decree 143/1990 (on the rele-vant financial and family criteria), as well asto student loans, according to the Ministerial

Decision Β7/411/1996. Upon completion oftheir studies, students are expected to handover to the Secretariat their Student HealthCare Booklet and Student Transport Pass.

• The Postgraduate Specialisation Diplomamentions the name of the Department andthe H.E.I., the name of the Programme andthe subject of specialisation, the period ofstudies, as well as the achieved grade, whichis a number with up to 2 decimal digits. Italso mentions the graduate’s name, surnameand father’s name, and is signed by the Rec-tor, the Department’s Chairman, the Head ofthe P.S.P. and the Department’s Secretary.Until the Diploma is officially awarded, P.S.P.graduates may receive a certification attest-ing the successful completion of their post-graduate studies.

5. COURSES TEACHING & ATTENDANCE• Attendance of the courses and/or semi-nars and participation in the studio exercisesis mandatory for students. Absence from lec-ture and studio courses to a degree exceed-ing 20% of the relevant teaching hours of aP.S.P. course entails the students’ failure insaid course. Attendance of seminars in the-ory topics is also mandatory for all post-graduate students.• Specialisation courses and/or seminarsof the 3rd semester are mandatory only forstudents having opted for the specialisationin question and elective for all other stu-dents.• Teaching, studio exercises and examina-tions are conducted in the Greek language;the suggested reading references howevermay be based upon Greek and internationalbibliography and sources.

144

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

1. Informatics Studio Ι1.1 Introduction to Informatics – Internet Art 3 31.2 Multimedia systems 4 31.3 3D graphics – Modelling – Animation Ι 3 31.4 Interactive multimedia Ι (Hybrid Art forms Ι) 5 51.5 Digital sound processing Ι (Music technology)

2. Video art Ι 6 62.1 Media forms and evolution in contemporary art2.2 Video art studio

3. Cinema and audiovisual media Aesthetics Ι 4 4

4. Screenplay – Film directing Ι 3 3

5. Theories and Technologies of Aesthetic Perception Ι 4 4

6. Research methodology 4 5

7. Lectures and/or seminars on special topics(Field trip in Greece or abroad)

1st semester

POSTGRADUATE STUDIES CURRICULUM Academic Year 2011-2012

GreekCredits

ECTSCredits

1. Informatics Studio II1.1 3D graphics – Modelling – Animation II 3 31.2 A technological environment for art: sensors and computer automations / interactions Ι 3 31.3 Interactive multimedia II (Hybrid Art forms II) 5 51.4 Digital sound processing II (Music technology) 2 2

2. Video art II 6 62.1 Media forms and evolution in contemporary art 2.2 Video art studio

3. Cinema and audiovisual media Aesthetics II 4 4

2nd semester GreekCredits

ECTSCredits

145

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

4. Screenplay – Film directing II 3 3

5. Theories and Technologies of Aesthetic Perception II 4 4


1. Informatics Studio III1.1 Interactive multimedia III (Hybrid Art forms III) (studio) 4 41.2 3D graphics – Modelling – Animation IIΙ (studio) 12 121.3 A technological environment for art:sensors and computer automations / interactions II (studio) 4 4

2. Development of art proposals & works with the use of combined and new media (studio) 12 12

3. Photography: Forms of the analog and digital photographic image in contemporary art (studio) 3 3

4. Cinema and new media Aesthetics (course) 10 10

5. Media Aesthetics and Philosophy (mandatory course) 4 4


Note: During the 3rd semester of studies, students are required to enrol at:– one (1) among the studios: 1.1 and 2– two (2) among the studios or courses: 1.2, 1.3, 3, 4– the one (1) mandatory course of the 3rd semester: 5.

3rd semester GreekCredits

ECTSCredits

Preparation of the Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation 30 30Combined project: art work, research, written paper, technical applications, under the supervision of a 3-member committee.

(Field trip in Greece or abroad)

4th semester GreekCredits

ECTSCredits

148

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

TEACHING STAFF

Harvalias Georgios

Apostolou Athanassios

Baboussis Manolis

Betsou Vassiliki

Diamantopoulos Taxiarchis

Ginossatis Dimitrios

Kavvathas Dionyssios

Raftopoulos Fotios

Rentzis Athanassios

Santorinaios Manthos

Sevastikoglou Petros

Sotirchos Stavros

Zacharopoulos Denys

Zoi Stavroula

Zouroudis Dimitrios

Babassakis Ikaros

Moutsopoulos Thanassis

TITLE & ACADEMIC RANK

Head of the “D.A.F.” P.S.P.Associate Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

Associate Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Lecturer at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.



Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)Assistant Professor at Panteion University



Assistant Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.



Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)Honorary Doctor of the A.S.F.A.

Member of the S&LT Staff

Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)Assistant Professor at the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki

Visiting collaborator

Scientific collaboratorAssociate Professor at the Technical University of Crete

Semester-long seminars on special topics

149

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

“MASTER IN VISUAL ARTS” P.S.P.

The “Master in Visual Arts” (“V.A.”) PostgraduateStudies Programme was created to respond tothe needs for a prolongation of the undergradu-ate studies of the Department of Fine Arts andwith a view to organise teaching conditions in away that could lead to a new impetus in visual-art thinking. The “V.A.” P.S.P. forms a conversa-tional community which inspires and facilitatesthe art process towards the development anddeepening of the work of new artists, while cul-tivating their self-knowledge as a means forthem to gain their independence.

The Masters’ knowledge and expertise, regard-ing both artists and theorists, meet the creativevigour of young artists, thus defining an intellec-tual common ground with a role of catalyst inthe formation of artworks.

The Athens School of Fine Arts, the history ofwhich coincides with the history of the ModernGreek State, restructures and enriches its insti-tutional role, by encouraging new procedures ofart education and research.The idea for the establishment of the “V.A.” P.S.P.(conceived several years ago and materialised in2004, as a result of a number of conditions metand necessary measures taken, such as the Insti-tution’s staffing in the fields of Philosophy, Aes-thetics, Art Theory and History of Art, theconjuncture enabling a financial support bymeans of the O.P.E.I.V.T. II, as well as the estab-lishment of the Department of Theoretical ArtStudies) paved the way for expanding the scien-tific community of the A.S.F.A.

The “V.A.” P.S.P. aims to ensure the organisationof a research and dialogue field suitable for cul-tivating the young artists’ critical thinking, re-garding their own work and the trends of a

150

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

multifaceted “new reality” in the visual arts alike.Facing that new reality which is characterised byan unprecedented hail of different opinions andalternate versions of artistic expression, on onehand, and the advantage of quasi-instantaneousinformation, on the other, the “V.A.” P.S.P. com-munity enhances the young artists’ creativityand prepares them intellectually in order forthem to be able to mark, through their work,their own ground, while keeping up and in con-stant interaction with the new givens arisingfrom the displacement of boundaries, due to theever-changing cultural landscape.

Anastassios ChristakisScientific Supervisor of the“Master in Visual Arts” P.S.P.Professor of PaintingDepartment of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

1. ADMISSION OF POSTGRADUATESTUDENTSEach year, the “V.A.” P.S.P. admits a maximum oftwelve (12) students. Studies are gratuitous.

By relevant decisions of the S.C.G.A., the Depart-ment defines the procedure of admission, thedates and the applications procedure for thecandidates. The S.C.G.A.’s decision regulating theprocedure of admission of postgraduate stu-dents is made in May and its realisation is rele-gated to the Coordinating Committee.

The selection of postgraduate students is madeby a 5-member Committee, consisting of mem-bers of the Department’s T&R Staff and formedup following a relevant decision by the S.C.G.A.The Committee considers mainly the followingcriteria:

1. Five (5) recent artworks of the candidate.2. The candidate’s academic degree grading.3. A portfolio of photographs or slides (up to 20).4. A paper on the artwork’s theoretical approach(up to 2 pages).

5. The candidate’s knowledge of a foreign lan-guage.6. Interview (candidates will undergo a personalinterview with the Committee).The list of successful candidates is certified bythe S.C.G.A.

Foreign candidates should exhibit sufficientknowledge of the Greek language.

In case the postgraduate student is not anA.S.F.A. graduate, a number of basic coursesfrom the Undergraduate Studies Curriculum maybe also added to the postgraduate courses, fol-lowing a relevant recommendation of the P.S.P.’s3-member Admissions Committee and a rele-vant decision by the S.C.G.A.

Postgraduate students may be awarded assist-ing teaching work, according to the provisions ofArticle 28 §7 of Law 2083/1992 and following arelevant decision by the Department’s G.A., re-munerated on the basis of hourly wages. The rel-evant expenditure is ascribed to the A.S.F.A.budget.

The “V.A.” P.S.P., depending on the relevant fund-ing made available by the State ScholarshipsFoundation, the Ministry of Education, LifelongLearning and Religious Affairs and/or theA.S.F.A., may award to its postgraduate studentsa limited number of scholarships per year. Theamount of the awarded scholarships and thecandidates’ selection procedure are specified inthe Call for Selection of Postgraduate Students,following a relevant decision by the Depart-ment’s S.C.G.A.

Postgraduate students participate actively, bymeans of their legally elected representatives, inthe administrative activities of the A.S.F.A. deci-sion-making bodies (G.A., S.C.G.A., Senate, S.C.Senate, Rector’s Council), thus contributing tothe better organisation and performance of theadministrative and teaching work of the Depart-ment and the Institution.

151

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

2. CONDUCTING TEACHING WORKPostgraduate studies at the “V.A.” P.S.P. are car-ried out according to the system of semester-long courses. Each academic year’s teachingwork is structured into two (2) academic semes-ters (i.e. Fall semester and Spring semester), theexact dates for the beginning and end of whichare defined each year following a relevant deci-sion by the S.C.G.A. In order to be valid, thelength of each academic semester should com-prise at least 13 weeks (including a minimum of11 weeks of actual lecture-course and studioteaching, and 2 more weeks covering specialteaching needs and examinations).

Staff teaching courses and studio exercises areappointed following a relevant decision by theS.C.G.A.

The Courses Timetable is drawn up by the P.S.P.’sCoordinating Committee and announced by theP.S.P.’s Secretariat.

The teaching staff may suggest, for each of theircourses, a list of books and other educational ma-terial, as well as relevant bibliography.

The postgraduate courses’ workload is ex-pressed in (Greek education system) “Credits”.Each “Greek credit” corresponds to one (1)teaching hour per week for the duration of onesemester.

The assessment of the postgraduate students’performance in the courses and studios providedin the “V.A.” P.S.P.’s Curriculum is made by theP.S.P.’s teaching staff. The student’s grading foreach course is calculated on the basis of thegrading in the final examination at the end ofeach semester, but also the grading of the exer-cises and projects conducted during the semes-ter (the relevant factors are specified by thecourse’s professor). The teaching staff an-nounces the students’ grading within one (1)week after each semester’s final examination.No re-examination period is provided. The grad-

ing corresponds to a scale of 0 to 10, with nodecimal digits (unless the grading of a studiocourse is calculated as the average of the grad-ing awarded by more than one professors, inwhich case decimal digits are accepted). A min-imum grade of 5 is required for success.

Following a relevant application by the inter-ested student and a founded decision by theS.C.G.A., the S.C.G.A. may exceptionally set a re-examination period in September, for the stu-dent to be re-examined in a maximum of two (2)courses of the first three semesters.

Attendance of the courses and studios is manda-tory. A maximum of three (3) justified absencesis allowed for the entire duration of courses andstudios. Students may apply for a temporarysuspension of studies (for a period of up to oneacademic year), in case of serious personal rea-sons (health issues, for instance); the P.S.P.’s Co-ordinating Committee examines such demandand makes its recommendation to the S.C.G.A.,which is ultimately responsible for deliberatingon the matter.

Postgraduate students are entitled to a StudentHealth Care Booklet (unless already insured byanother public social security organisation), aStudent Transport Pass, and free catering, ac-cording to the provisions of Presidential Decree143/1990 (on the relevant financial and familycriteria), as well as to student loans, accordingto the Ministerial Decision Β7/411/1996. Uponcompletion of their studies, students are ex-pected to hand over to the Secretariat their Stu-dent Health Care Booklet and Student TransportPass.

3. THE POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMADISSERTATIONPostgraduate students are expected to preparea Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation, the sub-ject of which is to be relevant to the “V.A.” P.S.P.’sfield. At the end of the 3rd semester, postgrad-uate students, in coordination with their super-

152

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

visor and the P.S.P.’s teaching staff, submit to theP.S.P.’s Coordinating Committee the subject oftheir Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation, ac-companied by a relevant intentions note. Theywill present their dissertation at the end of the4th semester.

Before submitting and presenting their Post-graduate Diploma Dissertation, students musthave succeeded in all seminar and studio coursesof the “V.A.” P.S.P.’s Curriculum. In exceptionalcases, and provided the Coordinating Commit-tee’s consent is secured, a prolongation may begranted, for students to submit and present theirPostgraduate Diploma Dissertation by the monthof June of the following academic year.

Besides their artwork Postgraduate DiplomaDissertation, students are also expected to pres-ent a theoretical paper (up to 10 pages long),regarding the visual subject of their dissertation.The Postgraduate Diploma Dissertation, accom-panied by the above theoretical paper, is publiclydefended in front of the members of a relevantassessment Committee (including the student’ssupervisor, who should be a member of theP.S.P.’s T&R Staff), which is formed following arelevant recommendation by the CoordinatingCommittee and a decision of the S.C.G.A. Themembers of the assessment Committee assessand grade the Postgraduate Diploma Disserta-tion. The grading corresponds to a scale of 0 to10, with no decimal digits, while a minimumgrade of 6 is required for success. The Postgrad-uate Diploma Dissertation’s final grading is cal-culated as the average of the grading awardedby the members of the assessment Committee.

The criteria used by the above Committee in as-sessing the Postgraduate Diploma Dissertationare based on the “V.A.” P.S.P.’s intended aims andphilosophical orientation:

The postgraduate students’ course towards devel-oping and deepening their work, the originality oftheir personal expressive idiom, the students’

awareness as to the form and content of theirwork, the novelty in their visual language and theirresearch orientation.

In case of failure, students should complete theirPostgraduate Diploma Dissertation within three(3) months from the date of the first examina-tion and undergo a second and final examinationat a date set by the Coordinating Committee. Incase of a new failure, students are expelled bythe “V.A.” P.S.P.; they are however entitled to anattendance certificate, for those courses theyhave successfully attended.

4. POSTGRADUATE SPECIALISATIONDIPLOMAThe Postgraduate Specialisation Diploma (P.S.D.)is a public document. In order to be awarded theP.S.D., students must have succeeded in all post-graduate courses and the Postgraduate DiplomaDissertation. The grading of the P.S.D. is calcu-lated as the sum of the grading achieved in theP.S.P.’s courses, multiplied by a factor of 0.5, andof the grading of the Postgraduate Diploma Dis-sertation, multiplied by a factor of 0.5. The grad-ing of the Postgraduate Specialisation Diplomais described as follows:

8.5 to 10: Excellent6.5 to 8.5 (not included): Very Good5 to 6.5 (not included): Good

The Postgraduate Specialisation Diploma men-tions the name of the Department and the H.E.I.,the name of the Programme and the subject ofspecialisation, the period of studies, as well asthe achieved grade, which is a number with upto 2 decimal digits. It also mentions the gradu-ate’s name, surname and father’s name, and issigned by the Rector, the Department’s Chair-man, the Head of the P.S.P. and the Department’sSecretary. Until the Diploma is officiallyawarded, P.S.P. graduates may receive a certifi-cation attesting the successful completion oftheir postgraduate studies.

153

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

Scientific Supervisor:Anastassios ChristakisProfessor of PaintingDepartment of Fine Arts

“V.A.” P.S.P. Coordinating Committee:Zafos Xagoraris, Assistant Professor of Painting,Department of Fine ArtsMarios Spiliopoulos, Professor of Painting,Department of Fine ArtsAnastassios Christakis, Professor of Painting,Department of Fine Arts

1. Studio 10 152. History of Art 1 2 53. Philosophy – Aesthetics 1 2 54. Seminars – Lectures 2 5

1. Studio 10 152. History of Art 2 2 53. Philosophy – Aesthetics 2 2 54. Seminars – Lectures 2 5

1st semester No COURSE TYPE & FIELD Greek Credits ECTS Credits

1st ACADEMIC YEAR OF STUDIES

2nd semester No COURSE TYPE & FIELD Greek Credits ECTS Credits

1. Studio 10 152. History of Art 3 2 53. Philosophy – Aesthetics 3 2 54. Seminars – Lectures 2 55. Assisting teaching work in the A.S.F.A. 5 5

undergraduate studies Studios.

1. Α. Preparation of the DiplomaDissertation(research or combined project). 20 30Β. Theoretical paper(of up to 10 pages), regarding thevisual subject of the Dissertation.

3rd semester No COURSE TYPE & FIELD Greek Credits ECTS Credits

2nd ACADEMIC YEAR OF STUDIES

4th semester No COURSE TYPE & FIELD Greek Credits ECTS Credits

Total of Greek and ECTS credits 73 125

“V.A.” POSTGRADUATE STUDIES CURRICULUM Academic Year 2011-2012

156

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

Key to abbreviations A.S.F.A.: Athens School of Fine ArtsD.A.F.: Master in Digital Art FormsE.C.T.S.: European Credit Transfer SystemG.A.: General AssemblyH.E.I.: Higher Education InstitutionH.T.E.I.: Higher Technical Education InstitutionN.A.R.I.C.: National Academic RecognitionInformation CenterO.P.E.I.V.T.: Operational Programme for Education andInitial Vocational Training (O.P. “Education”)P.D.: Presidential Decree

P.S.C.: Postgraduate Studies CommitteeP.S.D.: Postgraduate Specialisation DiplomaP.S.P.: Postgraduate Studies ProgrammeS&LT Staff: Specialised & Laboratory Teaching StaffS.C. Senate: Special Composition SenateS.C.G.A.: Special Composition General AssemblyS.M.o.C.: Special Memorandum of Cooperation T&R Staff: Teaching & Research Staff (appointedprofessors)V.A.: Master in Visual Arts

TEACHING STAFF

Christakis Anastassios

Arfara Katia

Ioannidis Andreas

Ioannidis Konstantinos

Kaniari Assimina

Koumbis Panagiotis

Navridis Nikolaos

Sideris Nikolaos

Spiliopoulos Marios

Stratou Danai

Xagoraris Zafos

Zika Fay

TITLE & ACADEMIC RANK

Head of the “V.A.” P.S.P.Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Art historian

Associate Professor at the Department of Art Theory& History of Art of the A.S.F.A.

Lecturer at the University of Ioannina

Art historianAdjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

ArchitectAdjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Psychoanalyst – WriterAdjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Visual artist – sculptorAdjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980)

Assistant Professor at the Department of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A.

Assistant Professor at the Department of Art Theory& History of Art of the A.S.F.A.

157

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

1. The Department of Fine Arts of the AthensSchool of Fine Arts, in cooperation with the“Département Arts et Technologies del’Image”, “UFR Arts, philosophie, esthétique”,of the Université Paris 8, is going to operateas of the academic year 2013-2014 a newPostgraduate Studies Programme (P.S.P.),namely the “Master in Art, Virtual Reality &Multi-User Means of Artistic Expression”.

2. The Department of Fine Arts of theAthens School of Fine Arts will be responsi-ble for the administrative support of theP.S.P. with regard to its activities taking

place in Greece, while the Université Paris 8will be respectively responsible for thosetaking place in France. A Coordinating Body,consisting of two (2) academic supervisors,each from the two Institutions involved, willbe responsible for coordinating the opera-tion of the P.S.P., according to the relevantSpecial Memorandum of Cooperation(S.M.o.C.). The P.S.P.’s courses will be con-ducted in Athens and Paris.

Object & Purpose of the P.S.P.The P.S.P.’s purpose is to provide its studentswith competences of a dual nature (i.e. at an

“MASTER IN ART, VISUAL REALITY &MULTI-USER MEANS OF ARTISTIC EXPRESSION” P.S.P.

158

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

artistic and technical level alike) in the fieldof digital arts, enabling them to acquire thenecessary know-how for the creation of art-works in the following fields:

Development of artistic and technologicalprojects based on combined platforms ofvirtual reality multi-user applications. Tech-nology development with a view to the real-time creation of dynamic artistic content.

Postgraduate academic decreesThe Joint Postgraduate Studies Programmein Art, Virtual Reality & Multi-User Means ofArtistic Expression awards a PostgraduateSpecialisation Diploma (P.S.D.) (Master) in“Art, Virtual Reality & Multi-User Means ofArtistic Expression”.

Each of the two Institutions involved willaward a different diploma.

Admission of graduatesThe P.S.P. admits graduates, holders of anacademic degree by Greek Higher EducationDepartments in Arts or Informatics, with em-phasis on studies in the fields of the newimage-processing technologies and multi-media, as well as holders of a relevant de-gree by equivalent Departments of foreignequivalent accredited InstitutionsThe candidates’ final selection will be made,according to the procedure specified in theS.M.o.C., on the basis of a dossier which willinclude: a) a CV of the candidate, b) a writ-ten note describing the field of the candi-date’s primary interest, in which researchactivities will be developed during his or herstudies in the P.S.P., as well as stating thereasons the candidate wishes to attend theP.S.P. in question, c) a portfolio of artworksalready executed by the candidate, and d) aproposal as to the subject of research to beperformed by the candidate.

DurationThe duration of studies, required for theawarding of the Postgraduate SpecialisationDiploma, is set to four (4) semesters.

Studies programme & CurriculumThe teaching of courses is to be performedas follows: During the 1st and the 2nd se-mester, each Institution will teach eight (8)courses, the syllabus of which is divided intwo parts – one for each semester. The 3rdsemester provides for the teaching of four(4) courses by the A.S.F.A. and seven (7)courses by the Paris 8; one (1) of the abovecourses will be taught jointly, through the In-ternet. During the 4th semester, five (5)courses will be taught, one (1) of which willbe taught jointly by the two Institutions,through the Internet, while students are alsoexpected to complete their theoretical andpractical project. Each semester-long course,regardless of whether it is taught at theA.S.F.A. or the Paris 8, leads to the awardingof 30 ECTS-credits. The selection of coursesfor each student and, respectively, the orderof attendance between the two Institutions(A.S.F.A. or Paris 8) will be decided by a pro-fessors’ examination committee, on thebasis of each student’s competences andprimary needs. In other words, a committeeconsisting of teaching staff from both Insti-tutions, will decide which students will at-tend the first year of studies (and therespective courses) in Greece and the 2ndyear in France, and vice versa. Students arerequired to attend one academic year ateach Institution.

The details of the Curriculum are as follows:

159

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

Theory History and aesthetics of Digital Art 1 4Theory / Methodology Programming and algorithms (Artificial Intelligence) 1 4Practice Digital media 1 4Practice 3D digital image 1 4

Programming and algorithms (Artificial Life) 1 4Theory / Methodology Virtual Reality, interactive installations and events 1 4Theory Multi-user applications technology on the Internet 1 4Theory Foreign Language: English 1 2Theory Theory and aesthetics of Digital Art 2 4Theory / Methodology Programming and algorithms (Artificial Intelligence) 2 4Practice Digital media 2 4Practice 3D digital image 2 4

Programming and algorithms (Artificial Life) 2 4

COURSE TYPE COURSE ECTS

Paris 8 University, 1st & 2nd semester

Theory / Methodology Theory and aesthetics of virtual and Internet spaces 1 4Theory / Practice Web platforms for interactive artworks 1 4Practice Digital moving image 1 4Practice Digital sound 1 4Theory / Practice Remote collaboration platforms 1 4Practice Virtual reality 1 4Theory / Methodology Screenplay, multi-scenario, programming: interactive artworks 4

and artistic integration of web technologies in Internetvirtual reality works 1

Practice Practical Exercise 1 2Theory / Methodology Theory and aesthetics of virtual and Internet spaces 2 4Theory / Practice Web platforms for interactive artworks 2 4Practice Digital moving image 2 4Practice Digital sound 2 4Theory / Practice Remote collaboration platforms 2 4Practice Virtual reality 2 4Theory / Methodology Screenplay, multi-scenario, programming: interactive artworks 4

and artistic integration of web technologies in Internetvirtual reality works 2

Practice Practical Exercise 2 2


Athens School of Fine Arts, 1st & 2nd semester

Theory Research on Digital Art 4Theory / Practice Virtual/mixed reality multi-user network environments’

development platforms 4Development Theoretical paper and presentation (selection and 6

preparation of diploma dissertation)Development Final artwork 8Development 2nd Joint Course: Execution of a joint art project 8


Athens School of Fine Arts, 4th semester

Theory Research on Digital Art 4Theory / Practice Research on Virtual Reality 4Theory / Practice Programming and algorithms 4

(Artificial Intelligence, Artificial Life)Theory / Practice Planning and execution of a virtual reality artwork 4Practice Development of and experimentation with sensors 4Theory Foreign Language 4Theory / Practice 1st Joint Course: Execution of an art project 6


Paris 8 University, 3rd semester

Theory Screenplay, multi-scenario, programming: 6interactive artworks and artistic integration of webtechnologies in Internet virtual reality works

Theory / Practice Virtual/mixed reality multi-user network environments’ 8development platforms

Theory / Methodology Planning of the diploma dissertation 10Theory / Practice 1st Joint Course: Execution of an art project 6


Athens School of Fine Arts, 3rd semester

160

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

Practice Virtual Reality, interactive installations and events 2 4Theory / Methodology Multi-user applications technology on the Internet 2 4Theory Foreign Language: English 2 2

Theory Research on Digital Art 4Theory / Practice Multi-user applications technology in virtual reality 4Development Theoretical paper and presentation 6

(selection and preparation of diploma dissertation)Development Final artwork 8Development 2nd Joint Course: Execution of a joint art project 8

All courses will be taught in the Greek, French or English language.


Paris 8 University, 4th semester

161

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

6. P

OSTG

RADU

ATE

STUD

IES

PROG

RAM

MES

Number of studentsThe number of students to be admitted each academic year in the P.S.P. cannot be overtwenty (20).

Teaching staffCourses will be taught by the teaching staff of the two cooperating Departments. Morespecifically, the organisation and realisation of the teaching work to be conducted in Greecewill be performed by the members of the Institution’s own T&R and other teaching staff, aswell as other categories of teaching staff, according to the provisions of Article 5 of Law3685/2008.

Equipment and technical infrastructure The Athens School of Fine Arts will make available to the P.S.P. all necessary lecture andseminar halls, workshops equipped with the necessary technical infrastructure, as well as itsLibrary. The Paris 8 University will also contribute accordingly.

Term of the P.S.P.’s operationThe P.S.P. has been approved to operate until the year 2015; its term of operation may be ex-tended, provided that the procedure of the Department’s external assessment is completed,according to the relevant law in effect.

Scientific Supervisor:Manthos SantorinaiosAssistant Professor.

A.S.F.A. educationalinfrastructure

163

Library

The Library’s main purpose is to support the ed-ucational and research programmes of theA.S.F.A., both at undergraduate and postgradu-ate levels. More generally, it aims at contributingto the country’s educational and cultural efforts,by providing specific information to the broaderacademic and educational community.

The A.S.F.A. Library operates as an independentand decentralised service, organised at a Direc-torate level. Its webpage (www.library.asfa.gr)forms a practical information tool with regardto the services offered. The A.S.F.A. Library ismainly an Art library, specialised in the visualarts’ field. Its collections, however, also covertopics such as: philosophy, sociology, literature,cinema, theatre, culture, history, and, to a cer-tain extent, all academic disciplines of the hu-manities.

At the same time, and until the relevant inde-pendent Directorate is staffed, the Library man-ages, for research purposes, the A.S.F.A. HistoricalArchive and Gallery (http://www.gallery.asfa.gr).

165

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

More specifically, the Library consists of thefollowing collections:– 50,000 books.• 400 titles of magazines & revues inprinted form.• 150 titles of e-journals.• 10,000 titles of audiovisual material(videos, DVDs, CD-ROMs, films, microfilms,slides).• Digital library (19 books, 12 titles ofmagazines, 500 engravings).• 4 digital databases.

The Library also offers the followingservices:

• Participation and access to the digitaldatabases and e-journals of the HEAL-Link(Hellenic Academic Libraries Link)• Lending and Interlibrary Loaning betweenlibraries in Greece and abroad.

Lending of materialStudents wishing to borrow material mustdisplay their Library Card, which is issued atany time by displaying the Student ID Cardand providing one ID photograph. TheLibrary Card is strictly personal. In case ofloss, the Library must be informedimmediately. The lending rules are specifiedin the Library’s Internal Rules of Operation.Terms of lending and deadlines vary,according to the type of user and material.

Searching through the materialThe list of the Library’s material isaccessible through the Library’s OnlineCatalogue, at its webpage(www.library.asfa.gr). The Catalogueprovides a short bibliographical description,as well as information regarding the item’savailability and exact position (collection,taxonomy number, document’s status).

Equipment and technical infrastructure In its premises, the Library offers its users:• Seventy (70) reading-room posts.• Ten (10) computer terminals (one forpeople with disabilities).• Three (3) photocopying machines (for bothb/w and colour photocopies), requiring theuse of a magnetic card.• Two (2) printers for both b/w and colourprint-outs.• One (1) scanner.• Photographic dark room.

Library visiting hours• During the academic terms:Monday-Thursday-Friday: 09:00-16:00Tuesday-Wednesday: 09:00-19:00

• During the holiday seasons(Christmas – Easter – summer):Monday to Friday: 09:00-14:00

The Library remains closed on publicholidays.It also remains closed for 15 days during thesummer (the exact dates are announcedafter July 15).

Contact informationLending and users’ service: +30 210 4801204Other services: +30 210 4833825Email: [email protected]

166

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

Exhibition venues

“Nikos Kessanlis” (a.k.a. “The Factory”)is the A.S.F.A.’s main exhibition venue,located at the Pireos str. campus andcovering an area of 2,318m2.

Worth-noting activities of the “NikosKessanlis” exhibition venue include vi-sual arts exhibitions by world-famousartists or on historic art movements(Takis, Fluxus, Joseph Beuys, Outlook,The Dakis Joannou Collection, Gilbert &George, Vallie Export etc.); the samevenue also hosts the annual Depart-ment of Fine Arts’ Graduating Class ex-hibition.

Furthermore, art exhibitions are alsoheld at the building’s basement and theTheatre Hall’s lobby.

169

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

Photo: Fan

is Vlastaras

& Reb

ecca

Con

stan

topo

ulou

A view of the “Nikos Kessanlis” (a.k.a. “The Factory”) venue,during the exhibition of works from the Dakis Joannou Collection,titled Everything That’s Interesting Is New, held in 1996 in collaborationwith the DESTE Foundation for Contemporary Art.

Multi-purpose exhibition venue at the Theatre Hall lobby.

ART EXHIBITIONS & OTHERACTIVITIES OF THE A.S.F.A.

The A.S.F.A., in the context of its educationaland research mission, organises or co-organises many art exhibitions, lectures,seminars, etc.; it also participates in similarevents organised by other art and culturalorganisations. During the past two years, suchactivities included, but were not limited to, thefollowing:

Academic year 2009-2010

• A.S.F.A. 2006-2007 Graduating Class exhibitionheld at the “Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue,February 16 to March 3, 2009.

• Ceremony held on the occasion of conferringthe title of Honorary Professor of the A.S.F.A.to the painter Jannis Kounellis, at the “Giorgiode Chirico” auditorium, February 26, 2009.

• Exhibition Famous Fantastic Caprices by theERASMUS students of the A.S.F.A., held at theA.S.F.A. Theatre lobby, June 3 to 5, 2009.

• Congress and exhibition under the title A busfor direct democracy, held at the A.S.F.A. andthe Goethe-Institut, September 22 to October1st, 2009.

• Giorgos Zoggolopoulos Award at the BenakiMuseum, September 22, 2009.

• Photography Studio 2008-2009 Exhibition heldin the context of the Athens Photo Festival, atthe A.S.F.A. Theatre lobby, October 21 to No-vember 13, 2009.

• Teacher and students-professors of the A.S.F.A.,exhibition held as a tribute to Yiannis Moralis,at the “Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue, No-vember 23 to December 4, 2009.

• Lecture by Mr. Stelios Virvidakis, Professor ofPhilosophy at the Department of Methodol-ogy, History and Theory of Science of the Uni-versity of Athens, titled The philosophical endof Art?, organised by the Department of ArtTheory & History of Art of the A.S.F.A., January25, 2010.

• A.S.F.A. 2007-2008 Graduating Class exhibitionheld at the “Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue,March 2 to 26, 2010.

• Bipolarity and Art, exhibition with artworks byA.S.F.A. students, held at the Pireos campusbasement exhibition venue, in collaborationwith the University Mental Health ResearchCentre, March 9 to 21, 2010.

• The A.S.F.A. Bronze-Casting Studio, exhibitionwith artworks by A.S.F.A. students, held at the“Technopolis” exhibition venue of the Munici-pality of Athens, April 16 to 25, 2010.

• Ceremony held on the occasion of conferringthe title of Professor Emeritus to the sculptorand A.S.F.A. Professor Theodoros Papagiannis,at the “Giorgio de Chirico” auditorium, April19, 2010.

• Lecture by Mr. Georgios Faraklas, Professor ofPolitical Philosophy at the Department of Po-litical Science & History of the Panteion Uni-versity, titled Makeshift necessity, thoughts onthe historical aspect of the work of art, organ-ised by the Department of Art Theory & His-tory of Art of the A.S.F.A., April 26, 2010.

• Intaglio into focus – Intaglio Printmaking, 2ndPrintmaking Studio, printmaking exhibitionheld at the Tsichritzis Visual Arts Foundation,May 5 to 20, 2010.

• Lecture by Mr. Georgios Dertilis, Professor atthe École des Hautes Études en Sciences So-ciales (Paris), titled The Greek State, a historicexperiment, organised by the Department ofArt Theory & History of Art of the A.S.F.A., May19, 2010.

Academic year 2010-2011

• Athena Tacha, Athena Tacha: Private to Public,exhibition of public environmental sculptureand conceptual art held at the “Nikos Kessan-lis” exhibition venue, October 22 to November28, 2010.

• Lecture by Ms. Athena Tacha, titled Public andprivate works: From the Universe to the Self,held at the “Giorgio de Chirico” auditorium,October 26, 2010.

• Event held on the subject of Architectural mod-

176

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

els, symbols, and refutations in the moderntimes, on the occasion of the book presenta-tion Essays on Architecture, by the ProfessorEmeritus of the A.S.F.A. Mr. Savvas Kon-taratos; organised by the Department of ArtTheory & History of Art of the A.S.F.A., Novem-ber 24, 2010.

• Capitalism and Aesthetics of Knowledge in the21st century: Uses of the social documentationin modern art. Series of 4 screenings andworkshop with Angela Dimitrakaki, curated byMarina Fokidis, held at the “Giorgio de Chirico”auditorium, December 8 to 11, 2010.

• Ceremony held on the occasion of conferringthe title of Honorary Doctor of the Depart-ment of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A. to the art the-orist Mr. Denys Zacharopoulos, at the “Giorgiode Chirico” auditorium, January 14, 2011.

• Against all Odds – Ethics/Aesthetics, congresson architecture, design and art, held in collab-oration with the Life Strategies organisation,January 19-20, 2011.

• A.S.F.A. 2008-2009 Graduating Class exhibitionheld at the “Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue,January 20 to February 20, 2011.

• Ceremony held on the occasion of conferringthe title of Honorary Doctor of the Depart-ment of Art Theory & History of Art of theA.S.F.A. to the Professor of Philosophy, Com-parative Literature, and Humanities at theUniversity of Princeton, Mr. Alexander Ne-hamas, at the “Giorgio de Chirico” auditorium,January 26, 2011.

• One-day symposium on the occasion of thepublication in Greek of the book Only a Prom-ise of Happiness: The Place of Beauty in a Worldof Art by Alexander Nehamas; organised by theDepartment of Art Theory & History of Art ofthe A.S.F.A., January 27, 2011.

• Foodjects. Design and New Gastronomy inSpain, exhibition held in collaboration with theSpanish Embassy in Athens, January 27 toFebruary 18, 2011.

• Staging of the theatrical play SchopenhauerUnleashed, by Theodossis Pelegrinis, directedby Manolis Sormaïnis, at the A.S.F.A. TheatreHall, February – March 2011.

• Ceremony held on the occasion of conferringthe title of Honorary Doctor of the Depart-ment of Fine Arts to the curator Christos M.Joachimides, at the “Giorgio de Chirico” audi-torium, March 17, 2011.

• Lecture by Mr. Gerassimos Stefanatos, psychi-atrist-psychoanalyst, member of the Qua-trième Groupe, visiting professor of theDepartment of Art Theory & History of Art ofthe A.S.F.A., titled Approaching Art from a psy-choanalytical point of view, at the Cinema Hall,April 13, 2011.

• Public discussion between the sculptorThodoros, Panagiotis Charalambous, Profes-sor at the A.S.F.A., and Thanassis Moutsopou-los, titled Course coordinates with questionmarks, held at the “Giorgio de Chirico” audito-rium, May 11, 2011.

• Participation of the Athens School of FineArts, as a Higher Education Institution, at theArt Athina 2011 International ContemporaryArt Fair, at the Faliro Sports Pavilion Arena(“Taekwondo venue”), Palaio Faliro, May 12 to15, 2011.

• Exercises for well-being, exhibition of the Pho-tography Studio, held at the Goulandris Mu-seum, May 15 to June 10, 2011.

• Visual Displacements, exhibition of 23 gradu-ates of the “Master in Visual Arts” Postgradu-ate Studies Programme (2008-2009-2010), atthe “Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue, May17, 2011.

• Lecture by the Austrian filmmaker GustavDeutsch, co-organised by the “Master in Digi-tal Art forms” Postgraduate Studies Pro-gramme and the Department of Art Theory &History of Art of the A.S.F.A., held at the “Gior-gio de Chirico” auditorium, May 20, 2011.

• Lecture by Ms. Vasso Kindi, Associate Profes-sor at the Department of Methodology, His-tory and Theory of Science of the Universityof Athens, titled A radical change in art and sci-ence: Kuhn, Cavell, Greenberg, Fried, organisedby the Department of Art Theory & History ofArt of the A.S.F.A.

177

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

Auditorium«GIORGIO DE CHIRICO»

This 231m2 hall is located at the Pireosstr. campus; it is in use since 1997 andhas a seating capacity of 180.

It hosts lecture courses, various A.S.F.A.events, lectures, seminars and screenings.

Ceremony held on the occasion of conferring the titleof Honorary Doctor of the Department of Fine Arts toChristos M. Joachimides, on March 17, 2011.From left to right: Sir Norman Rosenthal,Christos M. Joachimides, and Nikos Daskalothanassis.

Ceremony held on the occasion of conferring the titleof Honorary Doctor of the Department of Fine Artsto the art theorist Denys Zacharopoulos,on January 14, 2011.From left to right: Giorgos Harvalias,Denys Zacharopoulos, Panagiotis Poulos,Manolis Baboussis, and Panagiotis Charalambous.

178

A view of the audience during the ceremony held on the occasion of conferring the title of Honorary Professorof the A.S.F.A. to the painter Jannis Kounellis, at the “Giorgio de Chirico” auditorium, on February 26, 2009.

Theatre hallIn use since 1999. It is located atthe basement of the Pireos str.premises, covers a 676m2

surface (including its lobby,cloakroom, dressing rooms andauxiliary spaces), and has aseating capacity of 140.

It is commonly used by variousA.S.F.A. theatre groups, and,apart from the performance oftheatrical plays, it also hostsvarious events and lecturecourses.

Cinema hallIn use since 1999. It is located atthe basement of the Pireos str.premises, covers a 270m2

surface, has a seating capacityof 129, and is equipped with a35mm film projector with Dolby-stereo system.

The A.S.F.A. cinema hall hostsretrospectives on leading artists,seminars, video-projections byvarious artists, and lecturecourses.

Garden

In 2011, a tree garden of6,000m2 was created at the openspace of the Pireos str. campus.It is planned that this will beused as an open-air venue forhosting various A.S.F.A. culturalevents and exhibitions, completewith a summer canteen.

View from the Garden of the new building of the Master in Visual Arts programme.View from the Garden of the new building of the Master in Visual Arts programme.

The A.S.F.A. owns and manages an extensiveart collection, of significant cultural value.As soon as the Athens School of Fine Artswas established in 1837, a “Gallery” wasformed, aiming mainly at collecting theartworks of those involved in the arteducation provided by the Institution. Thiscollection now includes approximately 8,000items, representing the art fields ofpainting, sculpture, printmaking, icon andmosaic art, covering a span of 174 years.

The works of art forming the A.S.F.A. Gallerycollection are representative examples ofthe artistic activity of the professors whohave taught in the A.S.F.A. studios, and ofthe A.S.F.A. students alike; the Gallery alsoincorporates works donated to the A.S.F.A.In this sense, the A.S.F.A. Gallery is a “living”and ongoing display of the School’s historyand, by extension, of a significant part ofthe Modern Greek Art in general.

CollectionsThe A.S.F.A. Gallery includes the followingcollections:• Paintings• Drawings• Sculptures• Installations• Engravings• Copies of Folk Art works

The above collections mainly includestudents’ works that were eitherdistinguished during the Institution’s exams,or received awards in pan-Hellenic artcontests, or were offered by the graduates,as examples of their dissertation project. They also include works of art by significant

artists, donated to the A.S.F.A., and a largenumber of copies of Greek Folk Art works(mainly paintings and reliefs), executed bystudents, under their professors’supervision, during their field trips invarious locations around Greece (Pelion,Chios, Mytilene, Skyros, etc.) from 1950 to1960.

Copyright & Permissionfor use in publicationsIn order for an item of the collection toappear, in any form, in a publication, arelevant permission should be granted bythe Athens School of Fine Arts, which, alongwith the artists who created the works, isthe copyright holder for those works. Theitems may be photographed, by the Galleryitself or the applicant, at the premises ofthe A.S.F.A. Gallery.

Assisting researchThe A.S.F.A. Gallery is always available toassist researchers, by providing informationon its collections – either by phone, email orfax.

Contact informationVisiting hours: Monday to Friday, 10:00-14:00Phone number: +30 210 4801206 Fax number: +30 210 4834351 Webpage: http://gallery.asfa.gr/

187

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

THE A.S.F.A. HISTORICAL ART COLLECTION –THE A.S.F.A. GALLERY

Location

HYDRADELPHIMYKONOSRETHYMNORHODESMITHYMNA

No

123456

Phone number

+30 22980-52291, 6972675261+30 22650-82274, 22650-82156+30 22890-22289+30 28310-29364+30 22410-22096+30 22530-71238, 6972521636

Capacity

20208

13138

THE A.S.F.A. ANNEXES

The Athens School of Fine Arts has six (6)“Annexes”, which are used by the Institutionas special educational centres and areoperating under their own Rules ofOperation, according to the PresidentialDecree 169/1988.

The Annexes are housed in buildings ofparticular architectural value and located atplaces possessing great natural beauty anda significant historical and culturalbackground. Their operation aims atproviding students with additional andspecialised training, conducting specialworkshops (in cooperation and mutualexchange with foreign academic institutionsand art centres), assisting students in thepreparation of their projects, as well ashosting seminars, exhibitions, lectures,screenings, and other cultural events.

The A.S.F.A. graduates, as well as membersof other Greek and foreign Art Schools, mayalso use the facilities of the A.S.F.A.Annexes, provided there are vacancies, andat a cost of 12 € per day.

Furthermore, the A.S.F.A. has become theowner of land lots in Parikia (Paros island),at Monodendri (near Ioannina), and at

Paramythia (in Thesprotia), which areexpected to also be turned into Annexes inthe future. In the case of the Monodendriand Paramythia Annexes, the building planshave been completed and building permitshave been secured, while the Parikia Annexis awaiting for the relevant building permitto be issued and the design plans to becompleted.

Recently (Senate meeting of June 6, 2011),the A.S.F.A. accepted the offer made by theEpirus Regional Governor and the Mayor ofZagori for the cession of an 800m2

municipal building (with a 5,000m2

surrounding open space) at Tsepelovo, inorder for an Annex to be established there,instead of the construction of a newbuilding in Monodendri.

The A.S.F.A. Administration Department isresponsible, among others, for issuing thestaying permits for the Annexes, organisingstudent field trips to the Annexes andobserving the Annexes’ Rules of Operation(person in charge: Mr. Nikos Zamanis, phonenumber: +30 210 3897120).

188

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

Hydra Annex

Γ

Γ

Hydra Annex

ΓΓ

Delphi Annex

Delphi Annex

Mykonos Annex

Rethymno Annex

Rhodes Annex

202

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFINE

ARTS

/ 7. A.S.F.A. EDU

CATION

AL IN

FRAS

TRUC

TURE

Mithymna (Lesbos) Annex

Mithymna (Lesbos) Annex

A.S.

F.A. s

peci

al s

ervic

es

206

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

8. A

.S.F.

A. S

PECI

AL S

ERVI

CES

SPECIAL RESEARCH FUNDSACCOUNT

The Special Research Funds Account aims atawarding and managing funds, regardless oforigin, which are destined to meet the ex-penses of any kind related to the needs ofresearch, educational, training & life-longlearning, and development projects, execu-tion of scientific, technological and artisticservices, drawing up of special studies, issu-ing of expert opinions, drawing up of specifi-cations for third parties, as well as otherrelevant services or activities that contributeto bringing the education and research sec-tor closer to the production sector, and areperformed or provided by members of theactive academic staff of the Athens Schoolof Fine Arts (T&R Staff, S&LT Staff, STLStaff), with the assistance of its administra-tive staff and/or the collaboration of otherspecialised scientists.

The governing and managerial bodies of theSpecial Research Funds Account are:• The Education and Research Committee.• The Account’s Secretariat.

The Managing Committee of the A.S.F.A.Special Account comprises five members; itis formed for a 3-year term following a rele-vant decision of the Rector’s Council andconsists of the Vice-Rector of Academic Af-fairs, Research, and Personnel (as its Presi-dent) and two representatives of each of thetwo Departments (members of the T&RStaff), with one alternate member, who aredesignated by the General Assembly of theirrespective Department.

EMPLOYMENT & CAREERSTRUCTURE (E.C.S.)

The Action “Employment & Career Structure”(E.C.S.) of the Athens School of Fine Arts hasbeen awarded the task of providing theA.S.F.A. students and graduates with practi-cal information directly related to their in-corporation in the professional arena – anecessary insight enabling them to find theirplace therein. The E.C.S. consists of variouspartial actions, including, but not limited to,the development of an informatics’ system,innovative activities, the organisation ofone-day seminars etc.

CAREERS OFFICE

The A.S.F.A. Careers Office was formed as aspecial service in October 1997; it was ini-tially funded by the Ministry of Education,Lifelong Learning and Religious Affairs andthe 2nd and 3rd Community Support Frame-works, by means of the Operational Pro-gramme for Education and Initial VocationalTraining (O.P. “Education”), and is nowfunded by the N.S.R.F. (National StrategicReference Framework) 2007-2013.

Its activities aim at providing information onissues regarding studies, scholarships, em-ployment etc., and liaising the Institution’sstudents and graduates with the labour mar-ket; they include employment counsellingservices, the organisation of cultural eventsfor the promotion of the artistic work of thestudents and graduates, the drawing up ofstatistical studies, the organisation of struc-

207

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

8. A

.S.F.

A. S

PECI

AL S

ERVI

CES

tures aiming at facilitating the access ofstudents with disabilities to the field of edu-cation and the labour market alike, etc.

A.S.F.A. Careers Office42, Patission str., 10682, AthensPhone number: +30 210 3897158-9Email: [email protected]: www.career.asfa.gr

ERASMUS OFFICE – “STUDENTMOBILITY” ACTION

The Erasmus Programme (EuRopean Com-munity Action Scheme for the Mobility ofUniversity Students) aims at improving thequality and enhancing the European dimen-sion of Higher Education, encouraging theinternational cooperation between Universi-ties, in a spirit of mutual confidence, at in-creasing student mobility and promoting theuse of the E.C.T.S. (European Credit TransferSystem) standard; thus, the E.C.T.S.-creditsawarded to students in their host Universityare transferred to and recognised by theirhome Institution.

Students moving between Greek and equiva-lent foreign H.E.I.s, in the context of theErasmus Programme, are admitted as gueststudents to the host H.E.I.s. Such mobility ispossible after the first year of studies.

As long as they study at the host Institution,according to the approved cooperation pro-gramme, guest students have the samerights and obligations as the students of thehost Institution.

Guest students have no right to be trans-ferred, admitted to or be awarded an aca-demic degree by the host H.E.I. Suchrestriction, however, does not include the

awarding of studies certificates and othernon-academic titles, the issuing of whichcorresponds to the studies’ time spent in thehost Institution by the guest students andconforms to the terms and conditions of theinternal rules of operation in effect.

The E.C.T.S.-credits, amounting to 60 creditsper year, or 30 credits per semester, or 20credits per trimester, the duration of studies,the success in attending the courses and thegrading the guest students achieved in thehost H.E.I. are taken into consideration,transferred and recognised by the homeH.E.I., provided that the courses attended areincluded in the approved programme of co-operation.

At A.S.F.A., the Institution’s coordinator ofthe Erasmus programme is the Rector, andits academic coordinator is Mr. ManthosSantorinaios, Assistant Professor.

208

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

8. A

.S.F.

A. S

PECI

AL S

ERVI

CES

For additional information, students mayrefer to the E.C.T.S. prospectus available atthe Department of International Relations,Educational Programmes & CulturalExchanges (person in charge: Ms. DorisHakim, phone number: +30 210 3897131,email: [email protected]).

During the academic year 2009-2010, thestudent mobility between the Department ofFine Arts and foreign universities, in thecontext of the Erasmus programme, was asfollows:

UNIVERSITIES HOSTING A.S.F.A. STUDENTS

ACADEMY OF FINE ARΤS VIENNA

UNIVERSITY OF ART AND INDUSTRIAL DESIGN LINZ

ARTESIS ANTWERPEN

AALTO UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ART AND DESIGN HELSINKI

ÉCOLE RÉGIONALE DES BEAUX ARTS DE NANTES

ENSBA DE PARIS

AKADEMIE DER BILDENDEN KÜNSTE MÜNCHEN

ACADEMIA DI BELLE ARTI DI BRERA

UTRECHT SCHOOL OF THE ARTS

WILLEM DE KOONING ACADEMY ROTTERDAM

UNIVERSIDADE DE LISBOA

UNIVERSIDAD COMPLUTENSE DE MADRID

UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA

UNIVERSIDAD DE SEVILLA

UNIVERSIDAD POLITECNICA DE VALENCIA

UNIVERSITAT DE BARCELONA

CENTRAL ST MARTINS COLLEGE OF ART AND DESIGN

EDINBURGH COLLEGE OF ART

MIDDLESEX UNIVERSITY

TOTAL

COUNTRY

AUSTRIA

AUSTRIA

BELGIUM

FINLAND

FRANCE

FRANCE

GERMANY

ITALY

NETHERLANDS

NETHERLANDS

PORTUGAL

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

UNITED KINGDOM

UNITED KINGDOM

UNITED KINGDOM

NUMBER OF STUDENTS

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

3

1

3

1

2

1

27

209

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

8. A

.S.F.

A. S

PECI

AL S

ERVI

CES

NETWORK SERVICES

According to its Rules of Operation, as ap-proved by the Institution’s competent bodies,the Department of Network Administration& Communications of the A.S.F.A. has thefollowing main mission and objectives:• Managing and supporting the A.S.F.A.Network and enabling the Institution’s par-ticipation in the Greek Universities NetworkGUnet.

• Supporting and developing the academicresearch and teaching, with the use of ad-vanced telematics services (multimedia net-work applications, open e-learning anddistance learning systems, development ofmultimedia titles, etc.).Providing Internet services and supportingthe A.S.F.A. voice communication networkare also among the main duties of the De-partment of Network Administration & Com-munications.

HOME UNIVERSITIES OF GUEST STUDENTS

SINT LUCAS ANTWERPEN

ACADEMY OF ARTS ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN PRAGUE

AALTO UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ART AND DESIGN HELSINKI

ÉCOLE RÉGIONALE DES BEAUX ARTS DE NANTES

ÉCOLE RÉGIONALE DES BEAUX ARTS DE RENNES

UNIVERSITÉ PARIS 8

HUNGARIAN ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS, BUDAPEST

MOHOLY NAGY UNIVERSITY BUDAPEST

ACADEMIA DE BELLE ARTI DE BRERA

ACADEMIA DI BELLE ARTI DI FIRENZE

VILNIAUS DAILES AKADEMIJA LITHUANIA

ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS IN CRACOW

UNIVERSIDAD COMPLUTENSE DE MADRID

UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA

UNIVERSIDAD DE SEVILLA

UNIVERSIDAD DEL PAIS VASCO BILBAO

UNIVERSIDAD POLITECNICA DE VALENCIA

UNIVERSITAT DE BARCELONA

CENTRAL ST MARTINS COLLEGE OF ART AND DESIGN

EDINBURGH COLLEGE OF ART

GRAYS SCHOOL OF ART SCOTLANDTOTAL

COUNTRY

BELGIUM

CZECH REPUBLIC

FINLAND

FRANCE

FRANCE

FRANCE

HUNGARY

HUNGARY

ITALY

ITALY

LITHUANIA

POLAND

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

SPAIN

UNITED KINGDOM

UNITED KINGDOM

UNITED KINGDOM

NUMBER OF STUDENTS

1

1

1

5

6

1

1

5

3

3

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

3

1

11

42

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

The Department of Studies & Student Wel-fare is part of the Directorate of Academic Af-fairs and, apart from issues regarding theacademic studies in a strict sense, it is also re-sponsible for handling all other student issues(such as: health care, free catering, free ac-commodation), as well as various cultural andstudent sports issues.

More specifically, the Department is responsi-ble for:

• issuing the Student Health Care Bookletand the European Health Insurance Card(E.H.I.C.),

• collecting students’ applications and rele-vant supporting documents, with a view to begranted free catering and accommodation bythe A.S.F.A.,

• organising sports and cultural events.

Student Welfare213

214

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

HEALTH CARE

Students (either Greek, of Greek origin, or for-eign ones), either undergraduate or postgrad-uate ones, are entitled to the health, medical,pharmaceutical and hospital care benefits ofa Health Care Scheme, for a period correspon-ding to the minimum number of years of theirstudies multiplied by a factor of 1.5. For thelast year of studies, the health care insuranceis prolonged beyond the end of the academicyear, to December 31, for students who havenot yet been awarded their academic degree.In case of temporary interruption of the stud-ies (according to the provisions of Law 3549/2007), health care insurance is, upon their re-sumption, prolonged accordingly.

Students entitled, directly or indirectly, to ahealth-care scheme provided by another so-cial security organisation, may opt for the or-ganisation of their will, and declare so bysubmitting a relevant solemn declaration tothe Department of Studies & Student Welfare.

Supporting documents for the issuing ofa Student Health Care Booklet:1. Application & Solemn Declaration by thestudent that he or she is not already insuredby another social security organisation (theform is supplied by the Department of Studies& Student Welfare).2. One (1) ID card photo.3. Certification of enrolment for the currentacademic year (supplied by the respective De-partment’s Secretariat).

The Student Health Care Booklet is issued onthe same day, if all supporting documents aresubmitted, and remains in effect for a periodcorresponding to the minimum number ofyears of studies multiplied by a factor of 1.5,provided that it is certified annually by thecompetent department.

Students’ health care scheme provides for:

• Medical check-up• Hospitalisation: Provided by State hospi-tal institutions, hospitals operating as PublicEntities and university hospitals.• Pharmaceutical care: Medical prescrip-tions are written in the Student Health CareBooklet by the physician collaborating withthe Institution or the hospitals’ doctors andare dispensed at the collaborating pharma-cies.• Para-clinical examinations: Performed inuniversity laboratories or the laboratories ofState hospital institutions, following a rele-vant reference by a physician.• Dental care: Provided by a dentist collab-orating with the Institution, charging the feesapplying to public servants. To get a refund(from the A.S.F.A. Accounting Department),students must fill in a relevant application (theform is provided by the Department of Studies& Student Welfare), attaching the paymentreceipt and the relevant coupon of the Stu-dent Health Care Booklet.• Childbirth• Physiotherapy• Orthopaedic devices• Doctor house calls

HOSPITALISATION

Inpatient care may be provided by hospitalsoperating as Public Entities and –preferably–by university hospitals. As an exception, stu-dents may be admitted to private hospital in-stitutions and clinics, provided that the Statehospitals have no infrastructure for treating aparticular medical case or if there is a short-age in hospital beds, in case of medical emer-gency. In such case, the health care schemecovers the hospitalisation expenses corre-sponding to a “Bb”-class hospital ward.

215

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

European Health Insurance Card(E.H.I.C.)Such card is issued only for students that arealready holders of an A.S.F.A. Student HealthCare Booklet and are expected to travel to anEU-member state, in the context of their stud-ies, whether participating in the ERASMUS-SOCRATES Student Mobility Programme, orin an A.S.F.A. field trip, etc.In order for the E.H.I.C. to be issued, studentsmust submit to the Department of Studies &Student Welfare the following documents:• A.S.F.A. Student Health Care Booklet (cer-tified for the current academic year).• Certification of enrolment (supplied by therespective academic Department’sSecretariat).

CATERING

Students of low or no income are entitled tofree catering, according to the terms and con-ditions announced by the Department of Stud-ies & Student Welfare and decided by theRector’s Council, following a relevant recom-mendation by the Student Welfare Committeeand the competent Department.

Students entitled to such benefit are pro-vided with a school restaurant card, issuedby the Department of Studies & Student Wel-fare. The card entitles students to two freemeals (lunch and dinner) per day at theA.S.F.A. Restaurant operating at the Pireosstr. campus.

216

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

Free catering is provided to A.S.F.A. and Eras-mus students alike, on the basis of the reci-procity principle. Students not entitled to freemeals may also be catered at the A.S.F.A.Restaurant, paying the corresponding dailycharge.

Supporting documents for the issuing ofa school restaurant card:1. Application (the form is supplied by theDepartment of Studies & Student Welfare).2. One (1) ID card photo.3. Certification of enrolment for the currentacademic year (supplied by the respective ac-ademic Department’s Secretariat).4. A certified copy of the Income Tax ReturnStatement of both the student and his/herparents, issued by the Tax Authorities. If, atthe time of the application, the Income TaxReturn Statement has not yet been issued, ap-plicants may submit a certified copy of theiroriginal Income Tax Statement submitted tothe Tax Authorities.5. A Family Status Certificate, issued duringthe past six months, by the competent munic-ipal authority.

Applications for the issuing of the schoolrestaurant card can be submitted each aca-demic year, starting from September 1st. Theschool restaurant card is valid for one (1) ac-ademic year and is issued on the same day, ifthe applicant provides all supporting docu-ments.

Free catering benefits are temporarily sus-pended for students doing their military serv-ice, and for its entire duration.Free catering benefits cease following thestudents’ graduation or when the duration oftheir studies exceeds a period correspondingto the minimum number of years of studiesmultiplied by a factor of 1.5.

ACCOMMODATION

The A.S.F.A. provides accommodation to stu-dents of low or no income, in double rooms (orsingle ones, for students with a certified seri-ous health condition), in a collaborating hotelin the centre of Athens. Students may alsoapply to the National Youth Foundation and,if selected, be housed at the residence hallsoperated by the Foundation.

ConditionsThe Department of Studies & Student Welfareaccepts applications for free accommodationfrom students meeting the following condi-tions:

1. They are students of the A.S.F.A.2. They have not been admitted to theA.S.F.A. after “classifying examinations” (stu-dents pursuing a 2nd academic degree).3. They are not older than 25 years of age.4. Their families’ location of permanent res-idence is different from the location of theirstudies and they are not owners of a privateresidence in Athens (not within a 40 km radiusfrom the A.S.F.A. site).5. They have submitted in time an applica-tion with all supporting documents. Past thedeadline set by the Department of Studies &Student Welfare, applications are assessed asa whole and a list of the students entitled tofree accommodation is displayed on theA.S.F.A. announcement board. The applicantsmay appeal the results within five (5) workingdays from the date of the relevant announce-ment.6. They have not been expelled from the hallof residence due to a previous disciplinary of-fence.

Free accommodation benefits last for a periodcorresponding to the minimum number of yearsof studies multiplied by a factor of 1.5.

217

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

Selection criteriaThe selection of the students to be accommo-dated is made by the Rector’s Council, follow-ing a relevant recommendation by theStudent Welfare Committee, based upon so-cial and financial criteria set by the Rector’sCouncil.

A. Priority is given to the accommodation ofstudents of the following special groups (byorder of priority):

1. Students from families of zero income. 2. Students whose parents have (both) de-ceased.3. Students with disabilities.4. Students from families of wage earners orlarge families, the annual family income ofwhich comes from rural occupations orsalaried services.5. Children of large families.

B. All other applicants come next, on thebasis of the annual income and the number ofmembers of the applicant’s family – with apriority given to the lowest per capita income.

Application and supporting documentsfor free accommodationThe Department of Studies & Student Welfareprovides the interested students with a spe-cial application form, to be submitted accom-panied by a number of supporting documents.

1. Application (the form is supplied by theDepartment of Studies & Student Welfare).2. One (1) ID card photo.3. Certification of enrolment for the currentacademic year (supplied by the respective ac-ademic Department’s Secretariat).4. A certified copy of the Income Tax ReturnStatement of both the student and his/herparents, issued by the Tax Authorities. If, atthe time the application is made, the Income

Tax Return Statement has not yet been is-sued, the applicants may submit a certifiedcopy of their original Income Tax Statementsubmitted to the Tax Authorities.5. A Family Status Certificate, issued duringthe past six months, by the competent munic-ipal authority.6. A Certificate of Permanent Residence, is-sued during the past six months, by the com-petent municipal authority.7. A copy of the “E9” Tax Form, as proof thatthe applicant does not own a residence inAthens.8. Applicants stating health reasons shouldsubmit a certificate issued by a competentmedical committee, documenting and sup-porting their claims.9. The applicants whose sibling is also a stu-dent or is doing his military service shouldsubmit a relevant certification of enrolmentfrom the Higher or Higher Technical EducationInstitution the sibling is attending, or from thecompetent military authority.10. Applicants coming from large familiesshould submit a Large Family Certificate, is-sued by the competent municipal authority.11. Foreign A.S.F.A. students, from non-EUcountries, should also submit a photocopy oftheir passport and of their “green card”.

218

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

STUDENT ACCOMMODATIONALLOWANCE

Undergraduate (but not postgraduate) stu-dents, enrolled with a view to being awardedtheir first (not a second) academic degree areentitled to a student accommodation al-lowance amounting to a thousand euros(€1,000) annually; such benefit lasts for a pe-riod corresponding to the minimum of yearsof studies of the attended academic Depart-ment.

Such allowance may be granted to all under-graduate students members of the same fam-ily, if they attend studies at a locationdifferent from the one of their main resi-dence, and regardless of whether siblings at-tend the same H.E.I. in the same location ornot, provided they meet all the other criteriaset by the law.

The conditions for granting the allowance areas follows:

1. Students stay, due to their studies, at arented residence, at a location different fromthe one of their main residence, and in whichthey (or their parents) are not proprietors orhave the usufruct of another residence (it isworth noting that the Attica Region and theThessaloniki Urban Area are considered re-spectively as a single city). Students residingat student residence halls are not entitled tothe allowance in question.

2. The students’ enrolment is certified bymeans of a Certification of enrolment, sup-plied by their academic Department’s Secre-tariat, which should also mention in detail thestudent’s academic year of admission, theminimum of years of studies of the attendedacademic Department, according to the

H.E.I.’s Rules of Operation, and also attest thatthe interested student has succeeded in atleast half the courses of the previous aca-demic year (or the respective academic se-mesters), as described in the relevantCurriculum. For students enrolling for the firsttime in the first year of studies, such certifi-cation should only mention their enrolment inthe academic Department.

3. The students’ family annual income for theprevious year should not exceed the amountof thirty thousand euros (€30,000), increasedby three thousand euros (€3,000) for everyadditional dependent member of the family.The “family annual income” corresponds tothe total annual chargeable (real or imputed)income, plus the tax-free or chargeable underspecial clauses income, of the tax-payer, hisor her spouse, and their minor children, re-gardless of the income’s source. The al-lowance in question, however, is not to betaken into account when calculating theamount of the family annual income accord-ing to which the allowance is to be granted.

4. Students and/or their parents are not theproprietors or have the usufruct of residences(either for private use or renting) exceeding asurface of 200m2, except in the case the res-idences or apartments are located in a munic-ipality with a population of less than 3,000.

219

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

STUDENT TRANSPORT PASS

Students are entitled to reduced fares whenusing public transport. Such benefit lasts fora period corresponding to the minimum ofyears of studies of the attended academic De-partment multiplied by a factor of 1.5.

Students entitled to such benefit are providedwith a Student Passport Pass issued by theSecretariat of their academic Department. TheStudent Passport Pass is strictly personal andits use by third persons is strictly forbidden.

Students admitted to an academic Depart-ment after “classifying examinations” (i.e. stu-dents pursuing a 2nd academic degree) arenot entitled to a Student Passport Pass.

SCHOLARSHIPS

A. “I.K.Y.” SCHOLARSHIPS

Undergraduate students are entitled to schol-arships and awards by the State ScholarshipsFoundation (“I.K.Y.”), under the following termsand conditions:

Awards (a diploma in print and a sum ofmoney for buying scientific books of the stu-dent’s discipline) are granted to the studentachieving the top score at the Pan-HellenicNational Examinations, to the student achiev-ing the top score at each academic year’s ex-aminations, and to the student achieving thetop score at the graduation examinations(within the first two regular examination pe-riods).

Scholarships are granted to undergraduatestudents on the basis of the following criteria:a) the financial status of the students andtheir parents, and b) their ranking perform-ance in the Pan-Hellenic National Examina-tions or each academic year’s examinations.

The number of scholarships, the amount ofeach scholarship and award and other specificissues are defined by the Board of Directorsof the State Scholarships Foundation. Formore information, students may contact theSecretariat of their academic Department.

B. BEQUESTS

The Athens School of Fine Arts awards the fol-lowing scholarships and allowances:

220

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

BEQUEST

Susanna, widow ofGiannis Kefallinos

Spyridon Vikatos

Anna Kapetanaki

Mika Skouze

G. Averoff

1

2

3

4

5

SCHOLARSHIPS

Up to two 1-year scholarshipsfor studies in Greece, granted toassiduous students of thePrintmaking studios.

One 1-year scholarship forstudies abroad, granted to agraduate of the Printmakingstudios.

Up to three scholarships tograduates of the Department ofFine Arts of the A.S.F.A. for 3-year studies in Europe (one ofwhich, necessarily, in Munich,Germany).

An allowance is granted to thedestitute student of theDepartment of Fine Arts of theA.S.F.A. achieving the bestacademic performance; itsamount depends on thebequest’s financial status.

One annual scholarship to agraduate of the Department ofFine Arts of the A.S.F.A. forstudies in Europe.

One annual scholarship or afixed-sum allowance to studentswho excelled at their studies inthe Department of Fine Arts ofthe A.S.F.A.

NOTES

The frequency of thescholarships’ awarding isdetermined according to thebequest’s financial status.

Every 3 years, an 1-yearscholarship is granted to aGerman painter or sculptor,graduate of the Munich ArtAcademy, for studies at theA.S.F.A.

The frequency of thescholarship’s awarding isdetermined according to thebequest’s financial status.

The frequency of thescholarship’s awarding isdetermined according to thebequest’s financial status.

221

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

9. S

TUDE

NT W

ELFA

RE

FREE DISTRIBUTION OF BOOKS

Students are entitled to a number of freebooks and other learning material, for a pe-riod corresponding to the minimum of yearsof studies multiplied by a factor of 1.5. Start-ing from the academic year 2010-2011, theprocess of selecting and receiving the booksis performed by means of the Integrated On-line System for the Management of UniversityBooks & Other Learning Material “Eudoxus”(www.eudoxus.gr). By means of this inte-grated online service, students can use theirusername and password (provided by their ac-ademic Department’s Secretariat) in order toa) be fully informed on the Curriculum coursesand the corresponding suggested reading ma-terial, as well as the availability of the booksin question, b) proceed to the online selectionof the books and check-out upon their deliv-ery.

SPORTS ACTIVITIES

Provided the hiring of a Physical Educationteacher, A.S.F.A. students may participate invarious sports activities, in Universiades(World Student Games), etc.Furthermore, A.S.F.A. students may make useof the Open Swimming Pool of the Municipal-ity of Palaio Faliro, as well as the NationalTechnical University of Athens’s Gym, at thePatission str. campus (at the building of theDepartment of Mechanical Engineering).

CULTURAL ACTIVITIES

The A.S.F.A.’s infrastructure is available to stu-dent cultural groups, offering students the op-portunity to spend their leisure time in acreative way, and explore their potential invarious fields. For instance, such groups in-clude, but are not limited to, the A.S.F.A. The-

atre Group and Cine Club. The Department ofStudies & Student Welfare is responsible forassisting in the realisation of the projectssubmitted by the student cultural groups andthe students’ union, and the organisation ofcultural events.

STUDENTS’ USE OF THE A.S.F.A.PREMISES & EQUIPMENT

Students are encouraged to make use of theLibrary and the Reading Room, the ComputerCentre, the workshops, and, in general, of allpremises and means of the A.S.F.A., respectingthe relevant rules of operation and accordingto the relevant decisions by the Institution’scompetent bodies.Specific halls may be used for hosting variousstudent events, following a written applicationby the interested parties and its approval bythe Rector’s Council, provided that such eventsdo not impede the performance of the regularteaching activities.

CESSATION OF STUDENTBENEFITS

According to the law, all the various studentbenefits cease after a period correspondingto the minimum of years of studies multipliedby a factor of 1.5.

Academic Staffof the Department

of Fine Arts225

TEACHING & RESEARCH STAFF (T&R STAFF)Teaching is provided by the members of the Teaching & Research Staff (T&R Staff); this con-sists, by order of academic rank, of professors, associate professors, assistant professors, and(until the new law on higher education was passed) lecturers.The professors and associate professors are appointed personnel. The members of the T&RStaff of the Higher Education Institutions are public servants, who enjoy an operational inde-pendence in performing their teaching and research duties. The members of the T&R Staff areunder the obligation of performing teaching, research / scientific, and administrative duties.

Surname

ArfarasArvanitis

CharalambousChristakisHouliaras

LappasLazongasNavridisPatraskidis

PsychopedisSakellionSpiliopoulos

Antonopoulos

Baboussis

Harvalias

Liti

Manoussakis

Tsalamata

Tzakos

Vidali-Lambrinakou

no

12

345

6789

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Academicrank

ProfessorProfessor

ProfessorProfessorProfessor

ProfessorProfessorProfessorProfessor

ProfessorProfessorProfessor

AssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessorAssociateProfessor

Academicdiscipline

PrintmakingPainting

PaintingPaintingSculpture

SculpturePaintingPaintingPainting

PaintingPaintingPainting

Painting

Photography

Painting

Sculpture

Painting

Printmaking

Painting

Day

Monday-Wednesday-Friday

Wednesday

Monday- Wednesday-Friday

MondayMonday-

WednesdayTuesday-ThursdayWednesday- Friday

Monday-Tuesday-Friday

Monday-WednesdayMonday-

WednesdayMonday-Tuesday-

ThursdayMonday-

Wednesday- FridayMonday-Tuesday-

WednesdayMonday-

Wednesday-Friday

Hours

12.00-14.00

10.00-14.00

11.00-15.00

13.00-15.0011.00-14.00

13.00-15.0013.00-18.00

12.00-15.00

16.00-20.00

10.00-14.00

10.00-15.00

11.00-13.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

Name

MichailZacharias

PanagiotisAnastassiosGeorgios

GeorgiosGeorgios-ThomasNikolaosTriantafyllos

JannisDimitriosMarios

Aggelos

Manolis

Georgios

Afroditi

Michail

Vassiliki

Aristotelis

Leoni

Student office hours

Printmaking,specialisation in Graphic Arts

MEMBERS OF THE TEACHING & RESEARCH STAFF (T&R STAFF) – OFFICE HOURS

226

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

Surname

Aggelidou

Georgilakis

Gourzis

Kazazis

Kotsiou

Peirounidis

Pezanou

Samios

Santorinaios

Schina

Skaltsas

Tranos

Xagoraris

BetsouChandris

Kontaratos

SiamkouriSylogidou

VervetiVlastaras

no

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

3435

36

3738

3940

Academicrank

AssistantProfessorAssistantProfessor

AssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessorAssistantProfessor

AssistantProfessor

LecturerLecturer

Lecturer

LecturerLecturer

LecturerLecturer

Academicdiscipline

Mosaic Art

Applied Sculpture(Plaster Working,Bronze Casting,Toreutic Art)Printmaking

Painting

Printmaking

Printmaking

Stage Design

Fresco & PortableIcons TechniqueMultimedia

Printmaking

Painting

Sculpture

Painting

PaintingPainting

Painting

PaintingSculpture

SculpturePainting

Day

Monday-Wednesday-Thursday

Tuesday-Thursday-

Friday

Monday-Tuesday-WednesdayMonday-

Wednesday-FridayMonday-Wednesday-

Thursday-

Monday-Friday

Tuesday-Wednesday-Thursday

MondayWednesday

FridayTuesday-Wednesday-

Thursday


Monday-Wednesday-Thursday



Hours

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.00

16.00-20.0011.00-16.0012.00-20.0011.00-14.00

10.00-14.00

10.00-14.00

11.00-15.00

10.00-14.00

Name

Daphne

Markos

Yiannis

Georgios

Konstantina

Apostolos

Efthalia

Pavlos

Manthos

Mary

Yiannis

Nikolaos

Zafeiris

VassilikiPantelis

Ioannis

MagdaliniStyliani

AndriannaVassileios

Student office hours

MEMBERS OF THE TEACHING & RESEARCH STAFF (T&R STAFF) – OFFICE HOURS

227

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

228

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

DAPHNE AGGELIDOUBorn in Athens in 1962. She studied painting at theAthens School of Fine Arts (1980-1986), under Yian-nis Moralis and Dimitris Mytaras, as well as mosaicart, under Yiannis Kolefas. She has been teachingthe “Mosaic” studio course at the A.S.F.A. since1987. She was elected Lecturer in 1999 and Assis-tant Professor in 2005 at the Mosaic Studio.Solo exhibitions1986 Agathi art gallery, Athens1988 Agathi art gallery, Athens 1992 Ora Cultural Centre of Arts, Athens1994 Her cold piece of silver, Art Space 24, Athens1996 Dream-cities, Gallery 7, Athens1996 Dream-cities and windows, Terracotta Gallery,Thessaloniki2000 Choreographies, Gallery 7, Athens2002 Mosaics - Painting, Art Space 24, Athens2005 Passages, Gallery 7, Athens2009 Passersby, Gallery 7, AthensSince 1986, she has participated in many group ex-hibitions, in Greece, Belgium, England, Italy, theUnited States and China. Artworks of hers are exhib-ited in public and private collections, museums andgalleries, both in Greece and abroad.

AGGELOS ANTONOPOULOSAggelos (Aggelis) Antonopoulos was born in the vil-lage of Tropaia (in Gortynia, Peloponnese) in 1957.He studied painting and stage design at the A.S.F.A.,under D. Kokkinidis, V. Dimitreas, and V. Vassiliadis.He has held more than fourteen solo exhibitions(Athens Municipal Gallery, Art-Athina Titanium, ArtForum Tsatsis [Thessaloniki], Nees Morfes [Athens],Citronne [Poros], Apocalypse [Nicosia], t.a.f. [The ArtFoundation, Athens]) and has participated in manygroup exhibitions, both in Greece and abroad(Cyprus, Spain, Germany, Italy, Croatia, England,U.S.A.). He has painted the cinema halls “Ideal”(Athens) and “Cineac” (Piraeus). Since 1989, he hasbeen teaching painting at the A.S.F.A. and, in 2009,he was elected Associate Professor. He is currentlyteaching at the 1st Painting Studio.

MICHAIL ARFARAS Michail (Michalis) Arfaras was born in Athens, in1954.1975-1980 Studies at the Hochschule für BildendeKünste Braunschweig (Lower Saxony, Germany).1980-1982 Postgraduate studies at the sameschool, with specialisation in printmaking and ani-mation film. Upon completion of studies, he wasawarded the title of Meisterschüler.1980 Lower Saxony Printmaking Award.1980-1983 Teaching assistant at the lithography,intaglio printing and typography studios of theabove school.1980-2006 Member of the German Association ofVisual Artists, and member of the Lower SaxonyFilmmakers Association.1982 & 1986 Hanover Government Fellowships(Lower Saxony, Germany).1988 European AICA Award.1988-2006 Professor in Special Courses at the In-stitute of Fine Arts and Art Science at theHildesheim University (Lower Saxony, Germany).1990 Member of the “Engraving Center” Group(Athens).2000 Film Fellowship by the Lower Saxony’s Min-istry of Science and Culture.2001 Sparkassenstiftung Fellowship for creatingand publishing lithographs at the Quensen PrintingCompany (Lammspringe, Germany).2006 Professor of Printmaking at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts.2007 Member of the Chamber of Fine Arts ofGreece and of the Greek Printmakers’ Association.2009 Publication of the handbook Printmaking andprint art, Metaichmio eds., Athens.2010 Publication of the book Michalis Arfaras – Ab-sence from reason, National Bank of Greece CulturalFoundation (M.I.E.T.), Athens2011 Member of the Board of Directors of the Na-tional Gallery.Since 1990, he has presented his work in solo exhi-bitions in galleries and museums in Greece andmany European countries. He has participated in allinternational printmaking biennials, as well as in ex-

T&R STAFF BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES(Following in alphabetical order are the short biographical notes submitted by the members of the T&R Staff.)

229

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

perimental film festivals. Writing and editing artbooks is an ongoing avocation and experimentationof his, occupying a considerable part of his creativeactivities.

ZACHARIAS ARVANITISBorn in Athens in 1947. He studied painting at theA.S.F.A., under Yiannis Moralis, as well as stage de-sign under V. Vassiliadis (1969-1973). He also stud-ied stage and costume design at the École Na-tionale Supérieure Des Arts Décoratifs, in Paris(1975-1976). He has held 4 solo exhibitions and hasparticipated in group exhibitions in Greece andabroad (England, Spain, Hungary, Japan etc.). He iscurrently a Professor at the 1st Painting Studio ofthe A.S.F.A.

MANOLIS BABOUSSISBorn in Athens in 1950. He completed his studies inArchitecture at the University of Florence, underProfessor A. Natalini (founder of the Superstudio ar-chitecture firm). He then studied building restorationin Rome. Since 1999, he has been teaching Photog-raphy (an approach to visual art by photographicmeans) at the A.S.F.A. In 2010, he was elected Vice-Rector of the A.S.F.A.He has held many solo exhibitions in museums andart galleries (five of them abroad), including: Retro-spective 1973-2003, National Museum of Contem-porary Art, Athens, 2003; Macedonian Museum ofContemporary Art, Thessaloniki, 2003; CAMeC, Mu-seum of Modern and Contemporary Art, La Spezia,2006; Crisis, Yeni Mosque, Museum of Photography,Thessaloniki, 2007; Galería Hilario Galguera, City ofMexico, 2007; Occupations, Ileana Tounta Contem-porary Art Center, Athens, 2007; Central EuropeanHouse of Photography, Bratislava, 2008; New YorkPhoto Festival, 2009; Installation, remap2, Athens,2009; Skeletons, Benaki Museum, Athens, 2010.He has participated in numerous internationalgroup exhibitions (twenty seven of which abroad),including: Contemporary Greek Photography, Galeriedu Musée de la Photographie, Charleroi, Belgium,1982; Contemporary Greek Art, Salon de Montrouge,Paris, 1997; The Invention of landscape, Beijing,China, 1997; Art and Photography 1960-2000, at theFestival Triennale Milano-Photomedia Europe, 1999;Image and Reflection, Karsh-Masson Gallery, Ottawa;X-Centrum Pilsen, Moravian/Brno, Czech Republic

Gallery 2000; Marché Bonsecour, Montréal; RoyalOntario Museum, Toronto, 2001; World in focus, TheChicago Atheneum, 2001; Everyday Hellas, An exhi-bition of contemporary Greek art, White box Gallery,New York, 2004; International Biennale of Art, Seville,2005; The Gesture, Centro d’Arte Contemporanea,Florence, 2005; Index Esperando a los Barbaros,Galería Hilario Galguera, City of Mexico, 2007;Breakthrough Greece, Madrid, 2004; Face to faces,2nd Biennial of Contemporary Art, Thessaloniki,2009; Belle vue, Ileana Tounta Contemporary ArtCenter, Athens, 2010.He has worked as an architect, and as an art direc-tor in film productions, and has participated (anddistinguished) in monument-building contests.Monographs on his work have been published by theNational Museum of Contemporary Art, the CAMeC,the Benaki Museum, and Exandas publications.Since 1994, he has been closely collaborating withJannis Kounellis, gaining valuable, in-depth experi-ence in organising and curating exhibitions in artgalleries worldwide. Artworks of his feature in mu-seum exhibitions and private collections in Greeceand abroad.www.manolisbaboussis.grEmail: [email protected]

VASSILIKI BETSOUVassiliki (Vicky) Betsou is a visual artist. She studiedbiology at the National and Kapodistrian Universityof Athens (for 2 years), and painting at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts (A.S.F.A.); she completed herMaster’s Degree in Digital Art Forms at the A.S.F.A.(2000) with distinction. From 2001 to 2006, she hasbeen a visiting and adjunct professor (P.D. 407/1980) at the Multimedia and Video-art courses atsaid Institution. In 2006 she was elected a Lecturer;she is currently teaching Video Art, at both under-graduate and postgraduate levels, at the A.S.F.A.She has participated in several research pro-grammes on Art and the New Media, and in e-learn-ing research projects on Art education in collabo-ration with the National Technical University ofAthens. She has directed and edited several videoand multimedia productions for e-learning and Dis-tance Learning purposes; she has also participatedin productions promoting various research and Eu-ropean programmes by the Ministry of Education,the GUNet, the Ministry of Interior’s General Secre-

230

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

tariat for Gender Equality, the “Information Society”etc. She has worked as a stage designer and hascreated animations for both theatre and televisionproductions. From 1997 to 2002, she has beenteaching Experimental Animation and video to chil-dren and teenager students, at the Agia ParaskeviMunicipal Art Workshop, in Athens.Her art work has been presented in solo and groupexhibitions and festivals, in Greece and abroad: atthe 10th International Festival of Ancient Drama(2000), the Kappatos gallery (6 rooms, Athens,2001), the Nederlands Filmmuseum’s Biennial(Breaking news, Amsterdam, 2003), the Artio gallery(4 young artists, 2003), the Mostra SESC de Artes –Mediterrâneo (São Paulo, Brazil, 2005), “To Milo” artspace (elevators – corridors, solo exhibition, 2005),the exhibition of the Beltsios Collection (An outing:Contemporary art in the 21st century, MatsopoulosMill Art & Culture Center, Trikala, 2006), the Na-tional Museum of Contemporary Art (Crossing theborders: Visual arts in Greece, 2006), the Athens Con-cert Hall (Song of Songs, a multimedia performancefor mezzo-soprano, chamber ensemble, video, lap-top, and dance, 2008), the Rencontres Interna-tionales festival (Centre Pompidou, Paris, 2006 and2010), the Art Athina (microgeographies I, 2011), theAthens Festival (A tribute to Iannis Xenakis by theErgon Ensemble: a performance for orchestra, actor,and video, 2011) etc. She lives and works in Athens.Email: [email protected]

PANTELIS CHANDRISBorn in Athens in 1963. Studies1980-1983 Studies in Graphic arts.1982-1987 Studies in Painting at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts. Degree grade: Excellent.Scholarships – Distinctions1987 Scholarship for studies in Greece awarded bythe State Scholarships Foundation.1992 1st Prize by the Jannis and Zoe SpyropoulosFoundation.2010 1st AICA Award for his work Ens Solum(a.antonopoulou.art, 2007). Teaching activitiesFrom 1990 to 1994, he has taught creative activi-ties to children, at the Art Workshop of the ChalkidaCultural Centre.From 1992 to 2007, he has taught at the “A.K.T.O.”

Art & Design College the courses of Painting (Draw-ing-Colour) and Illustration, at the Graphic Arts Di-vision, having during that period restructured thecourses’ syllabus and methodology.Since 1995, he has been responsible for the courseof “Creative Illustration” during the 3rd and 4thyears of studies (Bachelor Honors Degree).In 2007, he has been elected at the rank of Lecturer,at the academic field of Painting, at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts. Since then, he has been teach-ing at the 3rd Painting Studio, being responsible forthe 1st and 2nd years of studies. Art workTo this day, he has held 11 solo exhibitions and hasparticipated in many significant group exhibitions,in Greece and abroad. Artworks of his are feature inmuseum exhibitions and private collections.

PANAGIOTIS CHARALAMBOUSPanagiotis (Panos) Charalambous was born in 1956in Acarnania. He currently lives and works in Athens.Studies: 1983-1988, at the Athens School of FineArts, Painting Division, at the 5th Painting Studio,under Nikos Kessanlis.He is currently a Professor of Painting at the De-partment of Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A. and Directorof the 4th Painting Studio.Solo & Group Exhibitions: 1986, 2nd Biennale forYoung Mediterranean Artists, Thessaloniki; 1987,3rd Biennale for Young Mediterranean Artists,Barcelona, Spain; 1988, Story of tobacco, Artiogallery, Athens; 1991, Redman Gallery, Berlin;Kunst-Εuropa, Visual European Landscape, Berlin;1992, About fishing, Artio gallery, Athens; Ogrody,Poznań, Poland; 1993, Transformations of the Mod-ern: the Greek experience, National Gallery, Athens;1994, Out of limits, Wielka Gallery, Poznań, Poland;1995, ICHTHYS (FISH), Artio gallery, Athens; 1995-1996, Nafpaktos, European Capital of Culture ’96,Tickon, Copenhagen, Denmark; 1998, Entertain-ment Ι, Artio gallery, Athens; 1999-2000, 1946-2000, como humo se va, Artio gallery, Athens; 2001,Entertainment ΙΙ, Artio gallery, Athens; 2002-2003,The Pioneers, the Beltsios Collection, MacedonianMuseum of Contemporary Art, Thessaloniki; 2003-2004, Phonopolis, Artio gallery, Athens; 2004,Breakthrough, ARCO, Madrid; 2006-2007, Voice-O-Graph, Batagianni Gallery, Athens; 2011-2012 To-bacco Area 1986-2011, Batagianni Gallery, Athens.

231

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

ANASTASSIOS CHRISTAKISAnastassios (Tassos) Christakis was born in Anato-liki, near Ioannina, in 1947. He studied Painting(1967-1972) and Stage design (1970-1972) at theA.S.F.A. He travelled to various European countries,where he stayed for long periods. From 1977 to1982, he was permanently settled in the UnitedStates. From 1978 to 1981, he attended a “Masterin Arts” programme in Painting, at the Boston Uni-versity. From 1982 to 1989, he taught at said Insti-tution, as well as the A.S.F.A., as a Scientific Colla-borator. In 1995, he was elected Assistant Professorand, in 2000, full Professor at the A.S.F.A. Since2000, he has been Director of the 8th Painting Stu-dio, and since 2004 he has been Head of the “Mas-ter in Visual Arts” postgraduate studies programme.He has held six solo exhibitions, in Athens, Helsinki,and Copenhagen; his latest work, titled Samarkand,was exhibited in 2008 at the Benaki Museum. Hehas also participated in many group exhibitions, andhas represented Greece in the following exhibitions:European Painters (Strasbourg, 1988), EXPO ’92(Seville, 1992), Tel Aviv Museum of Art (1998), Bei-jing National Museum (2008), Vienna Museum(2008), and Transexperiences Greece 2008 (798 ArtSpace, Beijing).

MARKOS GEORGILAKISBorn in Spili, a village near Rethymno, Crete, in1957.1986 Diploma in Mechanical Engineering and de-gree from the former “A.S.E.TE.M.” / “S.E.L.E.T.E.”(Higher School of Pedagogical & Technical Educa-tion / Technical & Vocational Teacher Training Insti-tute) institutions.1987-1992 Studies in sculpture at the A.S.F.A.1992 Edinburgh College of Art (Erasmus scholar-ship).1994-1996 Scholarship for postgraduate studiesawarded by the State Scholarships Foundation.He is currently an Assistant Professor at the A.S.F.A.He has held six (6) solo exhibitions and has partici-pated in many group exhibitions.

IOANNIS GOURZISwww.engraver.gr

GEORGIOS HARVALIASBorn in Athens in 1956. He lives and works inAthens. He studied at the Athens School of Fine Arts(1976-1983), initially at the Preparatory Studiounder Dimitris Mytaras and Lefteris Kanakakis, andthen at the Studio of Dimosthenis Kokkinidis. Lateron, as a young scientific collaborator of the A.S.F.A.,he continued his training under Nikos Kessanlis.He is currently an Associate Professor, Head of the“Master in Visual Art Forms” Postgraduate StudiesProgramme of the A.S.F.A. In 2006, he was electedVice-Rector of the A.S.F.A. and, in 2009, Rector ofthe Institution.Since 1996, he has developed a significant researchactivity in the context of many A.S.F.A. or inter-uni-versitary research programmes and projects, in thefields of Visual Arts, the new, expanded means ofexpression and media, Art education and new tech-nology infrastructures.He has held the following solo exhibitions: Bata-gianni Gallery – Michael Cacoyannis Foundation,Athens (2009), AD gallery, Athens (2005), Artiogallery, Athens (1993, 1995, 1999, 2003), Eleni Ko-ronaiou Gallery, Athens (1991), Polyplano gallery,Athens (1985).His participations in group exhibitions include, butare not limited to: Athens, European Capital of Cul-ture, Athens, 1985; 2nd Biennial of Young Artists fromthe European Mediterranean, 1986; Antipodes, YoungGreek Artists, Museum of Contemporary Art, Mel-bourne, 1987; 16th Alexandria Biennial 1987; Κunst-Europa, Staatlichen Κunsthalle, Berlin, 1991; ProPatria, House of Cyprus, Athens, 1995; Greek Reali-ties, Stiftung Neue Kultur – Galerie im Marstall,Berlin, 1996; Greek Realities, Kunsthalle BrandtsKlaedefabrik – Odense, Denmark, 1997; Montrouge– Athènes, 42e Salon d’Art Contemporain, France,1997; Focus of Gaze, Larissa Visual Art Centre, 1997;Alexandria Biennial, Egypt, 1997 (National Paviliondistinction); Macedonian Museum of ContemporaryArt, Thessaloniki, 1998; An outing, the Beltsios Col-lection, 2006; In the Labyrinths of Winds, Guernica,Spain, 2007; Locations, Macedonian Museum ofContemporary Art Collection, Benaki Museum,Athens, 2007; Macedonian Museum of Contempo-rary Art, Thessaloniki, 2008; Politics of Art, NationalMuseum of Contemporary Art, Athens, 2010; ReadyMade, Municipal Gallery of Kalamata, 2011; A tributeto the “Artio” gallery, Athens, 2011.

232

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

GEORGIOS HOULIARAS Georgios Houliaras was born in Ioannina in 1947.He graduated from the Zosimaia School in 1964.From 1965 to 1977, he studied sculpture in Athens(A.S.F.A.), London (West Surrey College of Art), andParis (École des Beaux-arts). Since 1977, he hasbeen living and working in Athens.1978: Together with colleagues of his, he estab-lishes the “Sculptors’ Association”, with a view toholding open-air exhibitions and highlighting con-temporary Sculpture.1981: Curator of Sculpture at the Chamber of FineArts of Greece. During his term, he worked to reformthe legal framework governing the holding of con-tests, and to bring forward the contemporary Sculp-ture in the public space.At the same time, with the conviction that Sculptureshould be present in life and organically tied to Ar-chitecture, he teams up with several architects toshape spaces and utensils.Together with a group of colleagues, he organisessymposia on Sculpture in various Greek cities. Hehas held eight solo exhibitions and participated inmany group exhibitions, in Greece and abroad.2001: He is elected Professor of Sculpture at theA.S.F.A.2003-2006: Vice-Rector of the A.S.F.A.

GEORGIOS KAZAZISGeorgios Kazazis was born in 1958 in Athens, wherehe currently lives and works. He has been a memberof the T&R Staff of the Athens School of Fine Artssince 1990.Exhibitions (selection)1985 Medusa Art Gallery, Athens (catalogue)1989 Medusa Art Gallery, Athens (catalogue)1992 Medusa Art Gallery, Athens (catalogue)1993 The Sea in Greek Painting, Nees Morfesgallery, Athens (catalogue)1995 Medusa + 1 Art Gallery, Athens (catalogue)2000 Elvis Has Left the Building, Athens (catalogue)2001 Els Hanappe Underground, AthensArt Athina, Els Hanappe Underground, Athens2003 Depictions of AIDS through Art, HellenicAmerican Union, Athens2004 Mickey meets Art, Hellenic American Union,AthensDomestic Alien, Ileana Tounta, Athens2005 Visions, Byzantine and Christian Museum of

Athens, Athens (catalogue)Invisible (Love will tear us apart), 10th InternationalComics Festival, Gazi, Athens (catalogue)Rencontres Internationales 2005, Paris (catalogue)2007 Art Act, AthensAbout Cyprus…, House of Cyprus, Athens (catalogue)2008 Art Kessaris, MykonosA4 project, Action Field Kodra 2008, Thessaloniki2009 Couples in Life and Art: Eleni Dimitropoulou &George Kazazis, Gaia gallery, Piraeus (flyer)Dialogues, Against the Dogmatic Mode and in Favourof Fellowship, Ekfrasi and Fizz galleries, Athens andPapastratio Hall, Agrinio

IOANNIS KONTARATOSIoannis (Yiannis) Kontaratos was born in Athens in1968.1987-1992 He studied painting at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts (at the Studio of D. Kokkinidis).1991 Having been awarded an Erasmus scholar-ship by the State Scholarships Foundation, he at-tended a semester at the Middlesex Polytechnic, inLondon.2001-2003 He taught at the Department ofGraphic Arts and Systems Design of the AegeanUniversity.From 2003 to 2010, he taught as a member of theS&LT Staff, and since 2010 he has been teachingas a Lecturer at the Athens School of Fine Arts (8thPainting Studio). He has given lectures in various ac-ademic departments and has participated in con-gresses, with papers on various art-related topics.He is currently preparing his thesis on the visual-artwork by William Blake, at the Department of Com-munication, Media and Culture of the Panteion Uni-versity.Solo exhibitions2002 Marilena Liakopoulou’s Athens Art Gallery2006 Ileana Tounta Contemporary Art Center2010 About: cultural venue, AthensGroup exhibitions (selection)1993 4th Biennial of European Visual Art Schools,M.E.C., Maastricht, Netherlands1998 Four artists (Kontaratos, Matsouki, Samak-ouris, Xagoraris), Technopolis (Gazi), Athens2003 2001-2002 Acquisitions, National Museum ofContemporary Art, Athens2007 In present tense: Young Greek artists, NationalMuseum of Contemporary Art, Athens

233

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

2009 Turbulent Times, The Art Foundation (taf),Athens2009 Dialogues, Ekfrasi and Fizz galleries, Athens2010 Participation in the Art Athina, with theAbout: cultural venue.

KONSTANTINA KOTSIOUKonstantina (Dina) Kotsiou was born in 1958 inDresden, Germany.Studies1976-1981 Printmaking, Athens School of FineArts, Athens1980-1982 Typography and the Art of Book,Athens School of Fine Arts, Athens1989-1992 Postgraduate dissertation in Lithog-raphy, by means of a scholarship by the State Schol-arships Foundation2002 Postgraduate studies in Lithography,Tamarind Institute, University of New Mexico, Albu-querque, U.S.A.Activities1982-1993 She taught at the Secondary Educa-tion1993 She was elected a member of the SpecialAdministrative & Technical Staff and taught Lithog-raphy at the 1st Printmaking Studio of the A.S.F.A.2005 She was elected Lecturer at the 1st Print-making Studio of the A.S.F.A.2010 She was elected Assistant Professor at the1st Printmaking Studio of the A.S.F.A.Solo exhibitions1988 Printmaking-Painting, Nea Filadelfeia CulturalCentre, Athens1990 Sketches and Prints, Rhodian Villa, Rhodes1993 Printmaking, Theatre of Mytilene, Lesbos1994 Prints and Colours, Anemos gallery, KifissiaPrints and Colours, Zakynthos art gallery, Zakynthos1997 Printmaking, Nafplio Municipal Gallery, Naf-plio1999 Through the eyes of lost innocence, Astrolavosgallery, Piraeus2000 Painting-Printmaking, “Theognis” MegaraCultural Association, Megara2001 Prints and Sketches, Zakynthos art gallery,Zakynthos2002 Colours and Prints, Lavyrinthos gallery, Ka-terini2003 Sketches and Prints, Ermoupolis art gallery,Syros

2007 Cactus-Woman, “Tehnohoros” (Greek Print-makers’ Association), Athens2009 Cactus-Woman, Vlassis art gallery, Thessa-lonikiShe has also participated in many group exhibitions(in Greece, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Lux-embourg, Russia, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Slovenia,Bulgaria), the latest being the 2011 Art Athina, withthe Ersis Gallery.She lives and works in Athens.

GEORGIOS LAPPAS Georgios (George) Lappas was born in 1950 in Cairoand completed his secondary education studies inAthens. From 1970 to 1974, he studied Clinical Psy-chology at Reed College. He was active in the re-search field and participated in psychiatric pro-grammes in various clinics in Salem (Oregon), SanFrancisco and San Diego (California). In 1974, as arecipient of a Watson scholarship, he travelled toIndia, where he collected documents on IndianSculpture and Architecture. He also travelled to Iranand Afghanistan. In 1975, he studied for a year atthe Architectural Association School of Architecture,in London. This was followed by an educationalseminar in Italy. From 1976 to 1981, he studied atthe Athens School of Fine Arts (5-year studies ofSculpture, at the Pappas’s and Nikolaïdis’s Studios).In 1984, he was awarded a scholarship by the Insti-tut Français for studies at the École Supérieure desBeaux-arts, in Paris, where he also studied Sculp-ture. In 1986-1987, he worked in France and Eng-land. In 1991, he stayed in Jouy-en-Josas, thanks toa Fondation Cartier scholarship. In 1995, he travelledto England, the United States, Korea, and Japan.Since 1988 he has been permanently working inAthens and teaching at the Athens School of FineArts.Solo exhibitions (selection): 1981 Iron grids,Zoumboulakis Gallery, Athens, 1985 Abbacus, Zoum-boulakis Gallery, 1987 Μappemonde, ZoumboulakisGallery, 1990 Dice work, Galerie Bernier, Athens,1991 Absolute dice, Glasgow, 1992 Red Bourgeois,Galerie Albert Baronian, Brussels, 1992 Sculptures,Tanit gallery, Munich, 1993 The Attitude of the Artist,Galerie Bernier, 1996 Parafratellinalia, Retrospectiveat the Warehouse and the Yeni Mosque, Thessa-loniki, 1997 Light Works, Gentili gallery, Florence,1997 Man in the presence of ghosts, Tanit gallery,

234

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

Munich, 1997 Elbo, Galerie Bernier, Athens, 1998Elbo, Lehmann Maupin gallery, New York, 2001 Theescape of Laocoon, Bernier/Eliades gallery, 2004Sculptures, Diaspro gallery, Nicosia, 2005 G. Lappas,Rethymnon Centre for Contemporary Art, Rethymno,2007 Sculptures, Xippas Gallery, Paris.Group exhibitions (selection): 1982 Biennial ofYoung Artists, Musée d’art moderne de la Ville deParis, Paris, 1982 Europalia ’82, Hasselt, Belgium,1987 São Paulo Biennial, Brazil, 1988 Venice Bien-nale, Aperto, 1989 Psychological abstraction, DESTEFoundation, Athens, 1990 Venice Biennale, GreekPavilion, with Yiannis Bouteas, 1991 Metropolis,Martin-Gropius-Bau, Berlin, 1992 Post-Human,Greece, Germany, Switzerland, Italy, Israel, 1994Metis (Craft), Goulandris Museum, 1995 Gwangju Bi-ennale, Korea, 1996 Everything That’s Interesting IsNew, The Dakis Joannou Collection, Athens, 1997Kunst Im Kontorhaus Mitte, Berlin, 2001 Magiciansand Magic, Pavlidis Estate, Athens, 2003 Outlook,Athens, 2004 Giants, The Hague, 2004 Monument tonow, The Dakis Joannou Collection, Athens, 2007Gmurzynska gallery, Zurich, 2008 Nord City Park,Hamburg, 2010 Super Load, AMP gallery, Athens.

GEORGIOS-THOMAS LAZONGASGeorgios-Thomas (Yorgos) Lazongas was born in1945 in Larissa. He studied architecture at the Uni-versity of Thessaloniki and, later on, having beenawarded a scholarship by the French Government,he studied in Paris, at the École Supérieure des ArtsDécoratifs and the École des Arts Appliqués, wherehe distinguished himself among 50 scholarship re-cipients. In 1972, he was awarded the 1st Award foryoung artists by the Hellenic American Union ofAthens. In 1982, he was awarded a Prix Europebronze medal, in Ostend, Belgium. Until 1985, helived and worked in Paris and Thessaloniki, teachingat the Visual Arts Studio of the Faculty of Architec-ture of the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki. Since2008, he is a Professor at the Athens School of FineArts.During his years in France, he participated in exhi-bitions, in the spirit of the conceptual art of the1970s. His collaboration with Alexander Iolas gavehim the opportunity to meet and team up with in-fluential foreign artists. His work is divided into three periods:During the first one (1974-1980), Lazongas focuses

on image and its substructure. He explores writing inpainting, upon which layers of slides with drawingscan be added. He explores the concept of Palimpsestin a two-way sense –back and forth in time–, byadding or removing writings, with collage and décol-lage. In his themes, he is preoccupied with the socialdimension of image and visual communication, withworks reshaping and redefining the everyday experi-ence, such as in the Camping gaz canisters series (“anobject open to multiple readings”), or in installations,such as “Bitter Victory” in different versions. During thesame period, he also holds performances, which ex-pand and broaden his research in materials andprocesses. In his installations, he uses stones, strayfeathers, glass, mirrors, papers, fabrics – bits andpieces.The concept of the bed (“eros-hypnos-nostos-thanatos”, i.e. love-sleep-homesickness-death) domi-nates the second period (1981-1990), as well asBlind Painting, the “Ineffable-Hidden/Cryptic”. Usingas his main material the opaque carbon paper, heblind-traces his drawing, thus exploring in alterna-tive ways the concept of trace. Blind Painting is thedrawing trace lost or revealed in the context of the“Hidden/Cryptic-Ineffable” dipole. During the third period (1990 and thereafter), he isinterested in the concepts of air and Breath.Exploring the visual narrative, he highlights the dy-namics of the abstract element, which signifies theprimordial and, at the same time, magical dimen-sion of space. With references to the ancient im-agery, he juxtaposes, re-writes, mimics or copies(Palimpsests), in order to reform new structures im-pregnated by modernism and the avant-garde ofthe 1970s. In his performances, as well as in theslides he used, he referred to the concepts of opac-ity and of the artist’s self-confinement in his space.Blind space-time.Artworks of his are exhibited in museums and pri-vate collections, in Greece and abroad.

AFRODITI LITIDiploma in Sculpture, Athens School of Fine Arts,Athens. Degree in mosaic art, Athens School of FineArts, Athens.1978 Scholarship by the Italian Government, stud-ies in Italian culture, University of Milan.1978-1980 Degree in fresco and portable-icontechniques, Athens School of Fine Arts, Athens.

235

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

1979 Appointment as a museum sculptor at theNational Archaeological Museum of Athens.1979-1981 Scholarship by the Kassimatis Foun-dation for postgraduate studies in Europe.1983-1986 Scholarship by the State ScholarshipsFoundation for postgraduate studies in England.1983-1986 Bachelor in restoration-conservation,University of London.1984 Honorary distinction, in the field of Sculp-ture, by the Chamber of Fine Arts of Greece.1999 Appointment to the A.S.F.A. as a member ofthe T&R Staff.2001 Honorary distinction, in the field of Sculp-ture, by the Glyfada Cultural Centre.2010 Honorary distinction by the Aristotle Univer-sity of Thessaloniki for her participation in the ex-hibition Treasures of Tradition, organised by theFaculty of Philosophy of the Aristotle University ofThessaloniki at the Museum of Byzantine Culture.Solo exhibitions (selection)1994 From culture to nature, Mylos, Thessaloniki.Exhibition curated & theoretical text by: DorotheaKonteletzidou.The conference of the birds and fruits, Athens ArtGallery, Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: Ka-terina Kafopoulou.1995 A stroll through the theatre of nature, ZinaAthanassiadou Gallery, Thessaloniki. Monograph,theoretical text by: Sania Pappa.1997 The secret gardens, Athens Art Gallery,Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: TakisMavrotas.1998 The enigmatic princesses, Athens Art Gallery,Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: Afroditi Liti.2000 The coastal landscape, Athens Art Gallery,Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: AthenaSchina.2002 The rings, Zina Athanassiadou Gallery, Thes-saloniki. Exhibition curated by: Irini Orati.2004 The bliss of sharing the fruit, Athens ArtGallery, Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: IriniOrati.Dive into the realm of innocence, Filothei CulturalCentre, Athens. Monograph, theoretical text by: Ka-terina Perpinioti.2006 Treasures of Tradition, Museum of ByzantineCulture, Thessaloniki. Catalogue edited by: NoraSkouteri; exhibition curated by: Efthymia Koundoura,Nora Skouteri.

2007 Sculpted rings, Ilias Lalaounis Jewelry Mu-seum, Athens. Exhibition curated and flyer edited by:Ioanna Lalaouni. Afroditi Liti at the Numismatic Museum: a fruitful en-counter, Numismatic Museum of Athens, IliouMelathron, Athens. Monograph, theoretical texts by:Afroditi Kouria, Despoina Evgenidou.

MICHAIL MANOUSSAKISMichail (Michalis) Manoussakis was born in 1953,in Chania, Crete. He studied at the Athens Schoolof Fine Arts, at the Studio of D. Kokkinidis, gradu-ating in 1984. In 2009, he was elected AssociateProfessor at the A.S.F.A.Solo exhibitions1979 Diagonios gallery, Thessaloniki1986 Ora gallery, Athens1993 Europe Art, Geneva1998 Zoumboulakis gallery, Athens2001 Zoumboulakis gallery, Athens2001 Rossi and Rossi gallery, London2002 Artforum gallery, Thessaloniki2005 Nees Morfes gallery, Athens2006 C.K. gallery, Nicosia, Cyprus2007 Present Perfect tense, Falatados School,Tinos 2008 Ekfrasi-Fizz gallery, AthensGroup exhibitions (selection)1998 Contemporary Greek Art, Three Generations ofArtists, Tel Aviv Museum of Art, (M. Lambraki-Plaka).International meeting at the European Delphi Centre,(A. Schina). A tribute to El Greco, National Gallery, (M. Lambraki-Plaka).2000 The Leonidas Beltsios Collection, Cultural Or-ganisation of the Municipality of Trikala, Trikala, (M.Stefanidis).The Frissiras Museum of Contemporary EuropeanPainting, (M. Stefanidis, M. Karra).Approaches of Hellenicity, The ’80s’ and ’90s’ Gener-ations, Athens Municipal Gallery; Dalarna-Falun Mu-seum, Hellenic Cultural House of Stockholm,Sweden; Vianden Castle, Luxembourg (N. Kyriazi).2004 Near Likeness, Versions of a portrait of Anto-nis Benakis, Benaki Museum (Pireos str. venue), (Th.Moutsopoulos).God Becomes a Man, A tribute to the AthensOlympics. Silver medal (audience award). Museum

236

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

of Modern Art, Estonia, (Mark Soousaar).Deleting Today, Tomorrow, Yesterday, MacedonianMuseum of Contemporary Art, Thessaloniki, (LinaTsikouta).322+1 Artists Donors, Macedonian Museum of Con-temporary Art, Thessaloniki.Voyage, Flowers East gallery, London.2007 Classical memories in contemporary Greek art,Capital Museum of China, Beijing, China; Istanbul,Turkey.Love Will Tear Us Apart, Babel magazine, Technopo-lis, Gazi, Athens.2008 The dynamics of the image, B. & M. Theo-charakis Foundation, (Dora Iliopoulou-Rogan).Antiquity and Modernism, Kunsthistorisches Mu-seum, Vienna.The Big Sleep, Kalamata Municipal Gallery, (Th.Moutsopoulos).2009 35 artists for democracy, Zappeion Megaron(Takis Mavrotas).

NIKOLAOS NAVRIDISNikolaos (Nikos) Navridis was born in Athens. Hestudied Architecture at the National Technical Uni-versity of Athens and Painting at the Athens Schoolof Fine Arts. Since 2008, he has been teaching Vi-sual Arts at the Athens School of Fine Arts.He has held many solo exhibitions and partici-pated in many group exhibitions and significantinternational events, including:Respiro (Breath), ZOE Foundation, Vicenza; The FirstImage, CRAC, Contemporary Art Center, Sete,France, 2009; Transexperiences Greece 2008, 798Art Space Beijing, China; Take a deep breath, TateModern, London, UK; Bodycity, Video Apartmentproject, Docklands, Dublin, Ireland; Bernier/EliadesGallery, Athens; 18:Beckett, Blackwood Gallery, Uni-versity of Toronto, Canada; Venice Istanbul, IstanbulModern, Istanbul, Turkey; Always a Little Further,51st Venice Biennial, Arsenale, Venice, Italy; NuitBlanche. 2004, Hôpital Saint Lazare, Paris, France;Nikos Navridis, Difficult Breaths, Foundation LaCaixa, Madrid, Spain; Monument to Now, DESTEFoundation for Contemporary Art, Athens; 2ndEchigo-Tsumari Art Triennial 2003, Echigo Tsumari,Japan; Banquette, Palau de la Virreina, Barcelona,Spain; Art in Transition II, Contemporary Art Mu-seum, Raleigh North Carolina, USA; Plateau of Hu-mankind, 49th Venice Biennial, Greek Pavilion,

Venice, Italy; Leaving the Island..., PICAF, Metropoli-tan Museum of Pusan, South Korea; Friends andNeighbors, Limerick, Ireland; Looking for a Place, 3rdInternational Biennial, SITE Santa Fe, New Mexico,USA; Hot Air, Granship, Performing Arts Center,Shizuoka, Japan; Medialization, Edsvic Art Center,Stockholm, Sweden; On Life, Beauty, Translationsand other Difficulties, 5th International Istanbul Bi-ennial, Istanbul, Turkey; Question of the Age of theVoid, São Paulo Biennial, Brazil.Artworks of his are exhibited in private collectionsand museums, in Greece and abroad.

TRIANTAFYLLOS PATRASKIDISBorn in Drama in 1946. He studied painting at theAthens School of Fine Arts (1964-1969) under Yian-nis Moralis and Nikos Nikolaou, as well as mosaicart under Elli Voïla. He continued his studies at theÉcole Nationale Supérieure des Beaux-arts in Paris,where he lived from 1972 to 1979. During his staythere, he studied painting under Gustave Singier,mosaic art under Riccardo Licata, and lithographyunder Hubert Haddad.From 1981 to 1984, he taught at the PreparatoryStudio of the A.S.F.A. as a Teaching Assistant. In1984, he was elected Professor at the A.S.F.A., thussucceeding Yiannis Moralis who had retired, andwas appointed Director of the Preparatory Studio.Since 1987, he has been Director of the 6th Paint-ing Studio. He has also held the posts of Vice-Rec-tor (1988-1989, 2000-2001) and Rector (2006-2010) of the A.S.F.A.He has held several solo exhibitions and has partic-ipated in many group exhibitions, the latter includ-ing the 17th São Paulo Biennial, in Brazil, and the1992 EXPO, in Seville, Spain. He has collaboratedwith many architects and has created large-scalemosaics in Paris and Athens. In 1981, 1985, and1992, he presented sound and voice artworks, com-posed and performed by himself. In 1989, he de-signed the “Greece – Homeland of the OlympicGames” stamps’ commemorative issue. He has par-ticipated in various committees on visual-art issuesof the Ministry of Culture and the Hellenic Parlia-ment, as well as in committees of the Ministry ofEducation. He lives and works in Athens.Solo exhibitions (selection)1981 Painting – Drawing – Sound, Ora gallery1985 Painting in space – Music, Ora gallery

237

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

1989 Painting – Sculpture (in Iron), Titaniumgallery1990 Painting – Sculpture (in Iron), MunicipalGallery of Patras1991 Acrobatics, Painting, Agathi gallery1992 The space of the human myth, Installation(Architectural space – Painting – Music), Ekfrasi ArtGallery1995 Trilogy ’95, Installation – Painting, Art Athina,Ekfrasi Art Gallery1997 Painting, Ekfrasi Art Gallery2003 Painting – Drawings – Video, Galerie, Patras2004 Painting – Sculpture – Drawings – Video, As-trolavos 1 gallery (Xanthippou venue)Painting – Drawings, Astrolavos 2 gallery (Irodotouvenue)

APOSTOLOS PEIROUNIDISApostolos (Akis) Peirounidis was born in 1948 inXanthi.Studies1968 Preparatory Studio, Athens School of FineArts (under Nikos Nikolaou)1969-1972 Printmaking, Athens School of FineArts (under Kostas Grammatopoulos)1975 Painting, École des Beaux-arts, Paris1977-1978 Printmaking, postgraduate studies,Chelsea School of Art, London (Master of Arts).Exhibitions1969 Memories from Mithymna, Hilton Art Gallery,AthensExhibition of Young Printmakers, Macedonian Art As-sociation, Thessaloniki1976 Five Artists exhibit at “Syllogi”, Syllogi ArtGallery, Athens1978 Young Printmakers, Genil gallery, London1981 Printmaking, solo exhibition, ChryssothemisArt Gallery, Athens2nd Biennial of European Graphic Art, Baden BadenSeminars on Printmaking, Pan-Hellenic CulturalMovement, Athens1982 6th Norwegian International Print Biennale,Fredrikstad, NorwayGreek Printmaking, Athens Municipal Cultural Centre1984 8th British International Print Biennale,BradfordInternational Triennale Intergraphic, Berlin1985 Homage to the A.S.F.A. ΙΙΙ, Apopsi Art Centre,Athens

1986 8th Norwegian International Print Biennale,Biennale Prize11th Biennale International de la Gravure, Krakow1987 17th International Biennale of Graphic Art,Ljubljana1989 9th Norwegian International Print Triennale,Fredrikstad (solo exhibition of the 8th Biennale’sPrize-Winners)1st Bhahat Bhavan International Biennale of Prints,Bhopal, India1992 1st International Print Biennale, Maastricht10th Norwegian Print Triennale, Fredrikstad2002 Printmaking Exhibition, Apollon Gallery,Rafina2004 Visual Culture Centre, ČačakIzložbe Grafika Atine, Klub Centra2007 DIIKONTES +, solo exhibition, Maison Artis-tique GalleryInternational Visual Forum de natura east west,ARTOWER ATHINAEuropean Artists’ Elective Affinities, Frissiras Museum 2008 Greek Printmaking Panorama, Chamber ofFine Arts of Greece, Technopolis1st Mediterranean Countries’ Printmaking Triennial,Tribute to Greek Printmaking, Rhodes2009 Lost in time, solo exhibition, Thanassis Fris-siras GalleryShield and Symbol from the Ancient Veil to the Hijab,Athinais cultural centre1st Athens Printmaking Festival, City of Athens2011 Black & White, Frissiras MuseumScreen Printing Seminar, Municipality of Nikaia Print-making WorkshopDistinctions1968-1972 Scholarships by the State Scholar-ships Foundation1976 3-year scholarship for studies abroad by theState Scholarships Foundation1986 Biennale Prize Norsk International GraphicBien

EFTHALIA PEZANOUEfthalia (Lili) Pezanou was born in Athens in 1956.She holds a Diploma in Architecture by the NationalTechnical University of Athens (1974-1980). She hasworked as an architect and as an assistant stageand costume designer for theatre and cinema pro-ductions under Dionysis Fotopoulos, in Greece andabroad (1980-1992). Since 1986, she has been pre-

238

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

senting her work as a stage and costume designer,in collaboration with state theatres and various the-atre companies. She has signed the stage design forplays of the ancient Greek, classical, and modernrepertory, for plays based on poetic texts, for lyricaltheatre and dance performances etc. She has alsocollaborated on cinema and television projects. Heractivities include theatrical stage design, organisa-tion and design of exhibitions in collaboration withleading museums as well as the design of book edi-tions. She was a member of the creative team thatdesigned and performed the Athens 2004 OlympicGames’ Opening and Closing Ceremonies, havingdesigned the stage set and the overall space con-figuration. Since May 2009, she is an Assistant Pro-fessor at the A.S.F.A. in Athens, teaching the courseof Stage Design.

JANNIS PSYCHOPEDISJannis Psychopedis was born in Athens in 1945. Hestudied at the Athens School of Fine Arts (1963-1968) and continued with postgraduate studies atthe Academy of Fine Arts (Akademie der BildendenKünste München) in Munich (1971-1976), havingbeen awarded a scholarship by the German State.He was a founder-member of the “New Greek Re-alists” group (1971) and of the “K.E.T.” (Centre forVisual Arts) in Athens (1974-1976). He was also amember of the “10/9” group of artists in Munich(1975), and was invited to participate in the DAADWest Berlin artistic programme (1977). From 1977to 1986, he lived and worked in Berlin. From 1987to 1997, he lived and worked in Brussels. In 1994,he was elected Professor at the Athens School ofFine Arts. He has presented his work in many soloand group exhibitions in Greece, France, West andEast Germany, Luxembourg, Spain, Yugoslavia, Ro-mania, Ireland, Albania, Cyprus, the United States,Sweden, Israel, the UK, the Netherlands, Turkey,Egypt, Italy, Canada, etc., in private and public gal-leries and museums.

DIMITRIOS SAKELLIONDimitrios (Dimitris) Sakellion was born in 1949 inVolos, and lived in Piraeus and Athens, where he re-ceived his elementary education. He studied paint-ing at the Athens School of Fine Arts and, uponcompletion of his studies, he continued with studiesat the École Supérieure des Beaux-arts in Paris,

from 1973 to 1977, having been awarded a rele-vant scholarship. In 1978, he returned to Athens,where he is currently living and working. In 1999,he was elected Professor at the Athens School ofFine Arts and has held the post of Director of the5th Painting Studio since. He has presented hiswork, in its entire evolutionary range, in ten soloand twenty group exhibitions in Berlin, Paris, Ams-terdam, Rotterdam, Strasbourg, Madrid, Athens,Thessaloniki, Delphi, and Patras.

PAVLOS SAMIOSPavlos Samios was born in Athens in 1948. He stud-ied at the Athens School of Fine Arts, under Y.Moralis and N. Nikolaou. After a long stay in Paris,he is currently living and working in Athens. He isAssistant Professor at the Fresco and PortableIcons Technique Studio. He has participated inmany exhibitions in Greece and abroad. His mostsignificant solo exhibitions were held at the SammyKing gallery in Paris (1982, 1992, 1995, 1999), theGallery K in London (1997, 2000), the ZoumboulakisGallery in Athens, the ZM Gallery in Thessaloniki,the Kapopoulos FineArts Halls (Athens / Mykonos),the Benaki Museum, etc. He has also participatedin many group exhibitions. Using the fresco tech-nique, he has decorated many small churches inCorfu, Mykonos and elsewhere.Website: http://www.samiospavlos.gr/Email: [email protected]

MATTHAIOS SANTORINAIOSMatthaios (Manthos) Santorinaios is a Digital Artartist & researcher. He is an Assistant Professor atthe Athens School of Fine Arts (at the Multimedia-Hypermedia Studio). He was the founder of and iscurrently a counsellor at the FOURNOS Centre forDigital Culture (www.fournos-culture.gr) and theMediaterra Festival. He is active in issues regardingthe Digital Culture, at both theoretical and practicallevel. He studied in Paris, at the “Beaux-arts” andthe Université Paris 8. He has directed films andtelevision programmes (1985-1995). The works ofhis first artistic period fall within the video-art do-main and multi-art spectacles, while during his sec-ond artistic period he creates artworks in the fieldsof interactive installations, virtual reality and net-works. Such works have been presented in festivalsand museums in Greece and abroad (Argos Festival,

239

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

Roma Europa, Locarno Festival, Video fest, FestivalInterférences, Festival Video Brasil, Festival de Lilleetc.). He has also edited the Games Realities cata-logue (Mediaterra, 2006) and authored the book Dela civilisation du papier à la civilisation du numérique(“From paper to digital civilisation”) (Harmattan,2008). Email: [email protected]

MARY SCHINAMary Schina was born in Serres in 1948. She is As-sistant Professor of Printmaking at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts.Studies1966-1971 Athens School of Fine Arts, Printmak-ing (Greek Government scholarship).1971-1973 Athens School of Fine Arts, Typogra-phy and the Art of Book1976-1981 École Nationale Supérieure desBeaux-arts, Lithography, Paris (French Governmentscholarship).1996-1997 New York University, Advanced ColourPrintmaking Dept., visiting artist, New York2004 Columbia College Chicago, visiting A.S.F.A.lecturer, in the context of exchange programmes.ExhibitionsShe has held 24 solo exhibitions in Greece, Cyprus,India, Germany, Paris, New York, River Falls (Wis-consin, USA), and has participated in more than 90International Biennials and group exhibitions inGreece, Cyprus, Germany, France, Austria, Luxem-bourg, Spain, Norway, Russia, Poland, the Czech Re-public, Slovakia, Bulgaria, Lebanon, Egypt, Japan,and Turkey.Her installation titled Aegean Sea – Light andColours, with 40 digital prints on Chinese silk,photo-transferred from woodcuts, 2.50x10x12m,was presented at:– the Macedonian Museum of Contemporary Art,Tracings, Thessaloniki, 2007– the Gallery 101, University of Wisconsin-RiverFalls, USA, 2008– the 1st Rhodes Art Festival, Modern Greek ArtMuseum, 2009– the Art Foundation (t.a.f.), as Aegean Sea Odes,Athens, 2010– the Art Athina, with the Ersis Gallery, 2011

Distinctions2003 “Dr. Iwasaki Award”, 4th Kyoto InternationalWoodprint Exhibition, Japan2009 “Rector’s of the Szczecin Academy of Ap-plied Art Award”, International Print Triennial,Krakow 2009, Krakow, PolandArtworks of hers are displayed in museum exhibi-tions, galleries, and private collections, in Greeceand abroad.

MAGDALINI SIAMKOURIMagdalini (Magda) Siamkouri is a painter and print-maker, a Lecturer at the Athens School of Fine Arts.She was born in Thessaloniki and studied in Athens,at the Athens School of Fine Arts (1980-1985),under Mytaras, Tetsis, Valavanidis, Exarchopoulos,Peirounidis. Having been awarded a scholarship bythe State Scholarships Foundation, she continuedwith postgraduate studies in London, at the RoyalCollege of Art and the Central-St. Martin’s Schoolof Art (1986-1989).Solo exhibitions1989 Blenheim Gallery, London1992 Nees Morfes gallery, Athens1995 Astir gallery, Athens1996 Studio Sienko, London1999 Atrion, gallery Thessaloniki2003 Ekfrasi gallery, Yianna Grammatopoulou,Athens2010 ArtAct Alternative Art Space, AthensShe has also participated in many group exhibi-tions, in Greece and abroad.Since 1990, she has been teaching at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts.Collections– Ministry of Culture, Athens– at Greek Embassies abroad– the Cycladic Art Gallery, Syros– the Gallery of the Anthropological and Paleonto-logical Museum of Ptolemais– the Larnaca City Hall, Cyprus– Alpha Bank, Athens– “TECHNI” Macedonian Art Association, Thessa-loniki– the Sotiris Tsoukalis Collection, Thessaloniki– Bayerische Vereinsbank, Athens– the Modern Greek Art Museum of the Municipal-ity of Rhodes, Rhodes

240

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

YIANNIS SKALTSASYiannis Skaltsas was born in Germany in 1968. Hestudied at the Athens School of Fine Arts, and alsoattended courses at the Akademie der BildendenKünste in Munich and the School of Visual Arts inNew York. He is an Assistant Professor at the AthensSchool of Fine Arts, teaching at the 7th PaintingStudio, since 1998. He has been scientific supervisorof the research project “Female graduates of theAthens School of Fine Arts, 1980-2004: An inter-dis-ciplinary approach”, in the context of the “Pythago-ras II” programme. He has held solo exhibitions andparticipated in group exhibitions, in Greece andabroad.

MARIOS SPILIOPOULOSMarios Spiliopoulos was born in Polygyros,Chalkidiki. He studied Electrical Engineering at theThessaloniki H.T.E.I. and painting at the A.S.F.A. Heis a Professor at the A.S.F.A., where he has beenteaching since 1991. Since 2005, he holds the postof Director of the 3rd Painting Studio. In 1998, heparticipated in the study group preparing the estab-lishment of the “Master in Visual Arts” PostgraduateStudies Programme (P.S.P.); he has been teaching atsaid P.S.P. since its establishment in 2003, being alsoa member of its Coordinating Committee.In 1990 he participated in workshops at the Glas-gow Sculpture Studio in Scotland, and in 1995 atthe T.I.C.K.O.N (Tranekaer International Centre forArt and Nature) in Denmark. He has representedGreece at three “European Capital of Culture” edi-tions, namely at Glasgow (1990), Madrid (1992), andCopenhagen (1996), as well as at the 2nd IstanbulBiennale (1990). In 1994 he was awarded the“Grand Prix d’Alexandrie” during the 18th Mediter-ranean Countries’ Biennale, in Alexandria.He has held more than 20 solo exhibitions, includ-ing but not limited to: 1989, The Earthly Oil-Lamp;1992, Mystery of the Bees; 1994, Memory outpost,Artio gallery; 1997, Landscapes of Being, WigmoreFine Art gallery, London; 2003, Mystery of the BeesΙΙΙ, Mystras archaeological site; 2006, Reading paint-ings, National Library; 2008, Human traces, 2008Aeschyleia Festival, Old Olive Press, Elefsis.His participations in international events include:1989, Mediterraneo per l’Arte Contemporanea, EX-POARTE, Bari; 1990, The Quest for the Secret Center,2nd Istanbul Biennale, Istanbul; 1990, Out of limits,

Poznań, Poland; 1990 and 1991, LINEART, Foired’Art Internationale, Ghent, Belgium; 1992, Sanat,Techni (Art), 14 Greek and Turkish contemporaryartists, MJU, Istanbul Museum of Sculpture andPainting; 1991, Spiral: 12 Greek creators, Circulo deBellas Artes, Madrid; 1992, Transformations of theModern: the Greek experience, National Gallery; 1996,Trilogy: Art – Nature – Science, Copenhagen, Euro-pean Capital of Culture ’96, TICKON, Langeland,Denmark; 1996, Art Contemporain, 42e Salon deMontrouge, Paris; 1996, Heimatkunde-Patridognosia(Country Knowledge), ΚΧ / CAMPNAGNEL, Hamburg;1998, Contemporary Greek Art, Three Generations ofArtists, Tel Aviv Museum of Art; 1999, Approaches ofHellenicity, The ’80s’ and ’90s’ Generations, DalarnaMuseum, Falun, Sweden & Vianden Castle, Luxem-bourg; 1999, Greek Contemporary Art, European Cen-tral Bank, Frankfurt; 1999, Greek Painting1950-1999, National Museum of Art of Romania,Bucharest; 2001, Mythologies of the Book, Contem-porary Greek Artists, Frankfurt Book Fair Forum,Frankfurt; 2002, Synopsis 2 – Theologies, NationalMuseum of Contemporary Art (EMST); 2005, Mythsand Antimyths, Cultural Center Lesnica Castle, Wro-claw, Poland; 2007, L’Uomo del Mediterraneo, Comp-lesso del Vittoriano (Salone centrale), Rome; 2009,Human Traces Νο2, 2nd Thessaloniki Biennale; 2010,The landscape of Being, National Museum of Con-temporary Art (EMST).Artworks of his are exhibited in private and publiccollections in Greece, Turkey, Belgium, France,Poland, the UK, Germany, Israel, Denmark, and theUnited States.Webpage: www.mariosspiliopoulos.comEmail: [email protected]

STYLIANI SYLOGIDOUStyliani (Stella) Sylogidou was born in 1945 inPiraeus.Teaching experience2004-2007 Adjunct Professor (P.D. 407/1980) atthe 2nd Sculpture Studio2007-present Lecturer at the 2nd Sculpture StudioStudies1968-1971 Vakalo art & design college.1988-1994 Painting studies at the A.S.F.A., 5thPainting Studio, under P. Tetsis and R. Papaspyrou.Icon painting and sculpture.1996-2003 Sculpture studies at the A.S.F.A., 2nd

241

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

Sculpture Studio, under G. Lappas.Art education, photography.Group exhibitions1994 A.S.F.A. Graduating Class Exhibition, Na-tional Gallery2001 You’ve been home for too long, Psychari 36GalleryCollaborating artists’ exhibition, Psychari 36 GalleryThe A.S.F.A. Studios, (The Art News), Eynard Mansion2003 Exhibition by the A.S.F.A. distinguishedSculpture graduates, “G. Karydis” Visual Arts Cen-tre2004 A.S.F.A. Graduating Class Exhibition, “TheFactory” venue, A.S.F.A.2005 Installation, Visual-art video exhibition,“Videoart”, “The Factory” venue, A.S.F.A.2007 Outdoor Mural, Herakleidon Museum2008 Unfoldments, Gallery V. HaitoglouEmail: [email protected]

NIKOLAOS TRANOSNikolaos (Nikos) Tranos was born in Zarakes (Eu-boea) in 1957. He studied sculpture at the A.S.F.A.(1983-1988), and at the École Nationale des Beaux-arts, in Paris, by means of both Erasmus-pro-gramme and State Scholarships Foundation schol-arships (1990-1991). Having been awarded anotherState Scholarships Foundation scholarship, he con-tinued with postgraduate studies in “installationsand elements of installations” at the A.S.F.A. Since2005, he has been teaching Sculpture at the A.S.F.A.as an Assistant Professor.He has held solo exhibitions and participated inmany group exhibitions, in Greece and abroad. Hissolo exhibitions include: Houses of lead, Passage àl’acte, installation, Artio gallery, Athens, 1990; Mem-ory Monument, installation, Artio gallery, Athens,1992; Burning house, installation, Artio gallery,Athens, 1994; Building stones, installation, Kalfayangallery, Thessaloniki, 1995; Torball, special specifi-cations installation, Artio gallery, Athens, 1997;Careful! This is not lightweight, installation, Kalfayangallery, Thessaloniki, 1998; Travel warnings, instal-lation, Artio gallery, Athens, 2000; Spell your name,installation, Artio gallery, Athens, 2002; Hospital-ac-quired infections, installation, AD gallery, Athens,2005; Crimen Majestatis, installation, AD gallery,Athens, 2007; Locked Time, installation, DonopoulosGallery, Thessaloniki, 2009.

He has also participated in group exhibitions, in-cluding but not limited to: 2nd Biennale for YoungMediterranean Artists, Thessaloniki, 1986; Biennale’88, Bologna, Italy, 1988; Anti-festival, Athens, 1989;Out of Limits, Wielka 19 Gallery, Poznań, Poland,1990; Contigura 2. Dialog der Kulturen, InternationaleTriennale des Kunsthandwerks Erfurt, Germany,1995; Greek Realities, Marstall gallery, Berlin & Kun-sthellen Brandts Klaedetabrik, Odense, Denmark,1996; Inside, International Art Exhibition (in the con-text of the Documenta X art show), Kassel, Germany,1997; Greece, European Central Bank, Frankfurt,1999; DESTE Prize, DESTE Foundation for Contem-porary Art, 2003; Marubi 2004, Tirana NationalGallery, 2004; Makronisos project, concept-produc-tion: Savra-Art, 2005; Open Plan, Art Athina 2008;Paganism, performance, Art Athina 2009; Greek Art,Sem-Art Gallery, Monaco, 2011.He has organised and participated in many lecturesand workshops. Since 2003, he is the co-founder ofthe SΑVRΑ-ART art group.

VASSILIKI TSALAMATAVassiliki (Vicky) Tsalamata was born in Athens. Sheis an Associate Professor, Director of the 2nd Print-making Studio, as well as Director of the Printmak-ing Division, at the Athens School of Fine Arts.Studies: Accademia di Belle Arti di Bologna, Italy.Μaster of Art in Printmaking, University College ofLondon, Slade School of Fine Arts, London. Art ofPaper, London College of Printing, London. She haspresented her work in twenty-four solo exhibitionsin Greece and abroad, in private and public galleries,museums, universities, as well as in international bi-ennials and triennials.Solo exhibitions as Honorary Invitee: 2001, 21stAlexandria Biennale, Alexandria National Museum ofFine Arts; 2001, Belgrade School of Fine Arts, Ser-bia; 2001, Nadezda Petrovic Galerija Cacak, Serbia;2002, Mesta Bratislava Palffiyho Palace Gallery, Slo-vakia; 2003, 18e Foire Internationale LeLac, 18eSalon du Printemps, Luxembourg; 2005-2009, IconData World Prints Permanent Exhibition, InternationalPrint Triennial, Krakow, Poland; 2006, MacedonianMuseum of Contemporary Art, Thessaloniki; 2007,Győr Museum of Fine Arts, in the context of the 9thInternational Printmaking Biennale, Győr, Hungary;2008, National Gallery of Slovakia, Villa Vermes,Dunajska Streda, Slovakia.

242

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

She counts ninety-nine international participa-tions in the most significant international printmak-ing biennials around the world, in Europe, Asia,Africa, and the United States: 2011, Belgrade Inter-national Triennial as Honorary Invitee; 2003, 1994,22nd and 18th Alexandria Biennale, Egypt, NationalGreek pavilion, honorary distinction; 2009, KrakowInternational Triennial, Poland; 2009, 2007, 2005,Győr, Hungary; 2008, Warsaw, Poland; 2007, PrintsTokyo, Japan; 2006, 2003, 1999, Cairo InternationalTriennial, Egypt; 2004 Dalarna Museum, Falun, Swe-den; 1998, 1994 Belgrade, Serbia; 1994, New Delhi,India; International Biennales of: Ljubljana, Slovenia;Biella, Italy; Kanagawa, Japan; Chamalières, France;Sint Niklaas, Belgium, etc.Awards: 1st Printmaking Award, House of Arts andLetters, Athens, 1985; 1st Printmaking Award, SerraSan Quirico, Italy, 1989; Belgrade School of FineArts Award, 5th Belgrade International Biennale,1998; 2nd Award, 1st Engravings & Prints Triennial,Ilios Printmaking Centre, Thessaloniki, 2008; she hasalso received fifteen international “highly com-mended” mentions.Artworks of hers are exhibited at the following mu-seums: Macedonian Museum of Contemporary Art,Thessaloniki; Belgrade National Museum, Serbia;Sakima Museum, Okinawa, Japan; Museum ofGraphic Arts in Egypt, Cairo, Egypt; Municipal Mu-seum of Arts, Győr, Hungary; Carbunari Museum, In-ternational Print Triennale Society Collection,Krakow, Poland, Romania, etc.; as well as in the fol-lowing collections: the National Bank of GreeceCollection; the Athens Municipal Gallery; the ΑlphaBank collection, etc.Her biographical note can be found in the MarquisWho’s Who In The World and the Marquis Who’s WhoIn America, N.J., USA, in the Great Minds Of The 21stCentury, American Biographical Institute, N.C. USA,and is also reported by the International Biograph-ical Center, Cambridge.

ARISTOTELIS TZAKOSBorn in 1957 in Athens. He studied painting at theA.S.F.A. (1975-1980), and continued with postgrad-uate studies in the United States, at the WashingtonUniversity in St. Louis – School of Art (1980-1982).He holds a Master of Fine Arts. From February 1985to March 2010, he taught Painting at the 2nd Paint-ing Studio of the A.S.F.A. Since the academic year

2010-2011, he has been the Supervisor of the “Ele-ments of Painting” required elective studio course.He has held ten solo exhibitions and has partici-pated in many group exhibitions, in Greece andabroad. Email: [email protected]

ANDRIANNA VERVETIBorn in 1958. She studied painting for a brief periodat the Rome Academy of Fine Arts. She studiedsculpture at the A.S.F.A., under G. Nikolaïdis, andgraduated with honours. She also attended materi-als, woodworking, marble-working, and metalwork-ing studio courses, and has received the relevantdegrees from the applied sculpture Plaster working– Bronze casting and Ceramics studios. Wasawarded a 3-year scholarship by the State Scholar-ships Foundation for studies in “Sculpture in publicplaces”. She worked at the Studies Bureau of theMunicipality of Volos, working on the renovation andreshaping of the city’s squares. Since 1989, she hasbeen teaching, as a Lecturer, the course “Drawingfor sculptors” to the students of the Sculpture Stu-dios. She has participated in group exhibitions. Soloexhibition: From information to sentiment, Zoum-boulakis gallery, 1988.

LEONI VIDALIBorn in Athens. She is an Associate Professor at theAthens School of Fine Arts.StudiesElementary & Secondary Education, Mina Aidono-poulou School1975-1980 Printmaking, Athens School of FineArts (Lithography award)1978-1980 Typography and the Art of Book,A.S.F.A. (exhibited works award)1983-1986 postgraduate project in Lithography(at the A.S.F.A. Studio, on scholarship by the StateScholarships Foundation)1989 Printmaking, Royal College of Art, London1992 Printmaking – Multimedia, Royal College ofArt, London1998-1999 Printmaking – Advanced Colour Print-making Department (visiting professor), New YorkUniversity, New YorkExhibitions (selection)1988 Wspotczesna Grafika Grecka, Naradowe Na-tional Museum, Warsaw

243

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

1989 International Grafikkustilling, GraficaNorvegica, Stavanger, NorwayHomage to Vasso Katraki, Velidio Cultural Centre,ThessalonikiInternational Lithography Exhibition, Galeri NorskeGrafikere, Oslo1990 Contemporary Greek Printmaking, The ArtsHall, Moscow1991 Zeitgenossische Griechische Grafik, PalfuchoPalace, BratislavaZeitgenossiche Griechische Grafik, Hirch Palace,Schwetzingen, Germany1994 Zeitgenossische Hellenische Druckgrafic, Kon-schthaus beim Engel, LuxembourgSucasna Grecka, Julius Jakobi Museum, Kozice, Slovakia1995 Gravures Helléniques Contemporaines, Palaisde l’Unesco, Paris1996 Contemporary Greek Painting, Hirsh Palace,Schwetzingen, Germany1998 Printmaking and the NYU – Selected worksfrom the permanent collection, New York1999 Printmaking, solo exhibition, RosenbergGallery, New York5th International Biennale of Drawing & Printmaking,Győr, HungaryGood to print, solo exhibition, “7” Gallery, Athens2000 5th World Triennial of Small-size Prints,Chamalières, FranceInternational Printmaking Triennial – 100 cities, Dzier-zoniow, Krakow2001 Are there any really new ideas?, solo exhibi-tion, Paratiritis gallery, ThessalonikiInternational Printmaking Triennial – 100 cities,Suwalki, KrakowMythologies of the Book, Contemporary Greek Artists– Greece, guest of honour, curated by Efi Strousa,Frankfurt Book Fair, Frankfurt2002 Meetings, solo exhibition, Mesta Bratislava,Palfycho Palace, BratislavaPrintmaking in SE Europe – Balkan Square, curatedby Liljana Cincul, Warehouse Β, Thessaloniki PortAuthority, Thessaloniki2003 Artworks from the collection of the 5th WorldTriennial of Small-size Prints in Chamalières, IliosPrintmaking Centre, Thessaloniki322+1, Macedonian Museum of Contemporary Art,Thessaloniki Greek printmakers in the 20th century, curated by IriniOrati, Eynard Mansion, Athens

Hellenic Adventures, Bankside Gallery, London2004 Greek printmakers in the 20th century, curatedby Irini Orati, Rethymnon Centre for ContemporaryArt, RethymnoPrints from the Balkans, Fallu Triennalen, DalarnaMuseum, Sweden2005 Monoprints – Unicum, curated by Irini Orati,Hadjikyriakos-Ghikas Gallery, Hellenic AmericanUnion, AthensThe Alpha Bank collection, curated by Irini Orati,Benaki Museum (Pireos str. venue), Athens2006 Monoprints – five Greek artists, curated byIrini Orati, Macedonian Museum of ContemporaryArt, ThessalonikiArtworks from the Alpha Bank collection – Greek Art,from 1920 to the present, curated by Irini Orati,Macedonian Museum of Contemporary Art, Thessa-loniki2007 Tracings, Macedonian Museum of Contem-porary Art, Thessaloniki2011 Ό,τι: The Art of Book at the Athens School ofFine Arts, Museum of Cycladic Art, AthensFrom 1980 to 2000, she has designed, edited andillustrated art books and exhibitions catalogues formuseums and galleries in Greece, Milan, Paris, Lon-don, and New York.

VASSILEIOS VLASTARASVassileios (Vassilis) Vlastaras is a painter; heteaches at the Athens School of Fine Arts. He wasborn in Argos, where he completed his elementaryand secondary education. He currently lives andworks in Athens. He attended courses of architec-ture at the Istituto Universitario di Architettura diVenezia and photography at the “A.K.T.O.” Art & De-sign College. He also studied graphic arts, special-ising in animation, at the Athens H.T.E.I., and alsofilmmaking at the E. Hatzikou college, and paintingat the A.S.F.A. He went on to pursue his M.Sc. in In-teractive Multimedia at the University of Westmin-ster of London, and the postgraduate studiesprogramme “Design – Space – Culture” at the Fac-ulty of Architecture of the National Technical Uni-versity of Athens. He is mainly working on large-scale installations and paintings with the use of newmedia, as well as on experimentations with soundand moving images in real time. From 2002 to2007, he was a founding member of the “platforms”art group. Since 2006, he has been the scientific su-

244

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

pervisor and organiser of the annual “Utopia Proj-ect” workshop organised by the A.S.F.A. inRethymno, Crete. He has participated in many exhi-bitions and events in Greece and abroad.

ZAFEIRIS XAGORARISZafeiris (Zafos) Xagoraris (Athens, 1963) studied atthe Athens School of Fine Arts and the Massachu-setts Institute of Technology. His doctoral thesis, de-fended at the National Technical University ofAthens, regarded the construction of “wonders” byHero of Alexandria. He has participated in exhibi-tions such as: Manifesta 7, 2008, the Thessaloniki Bi-ennale, 2007, the Bienal fin del Mundo, 2007, the SãoPaulo Bienal, 2006, and others. He was one of thecurators of the Greek Pavilion for the Venice Archi-tecture Biennale, 2004, and the 2nd Athens Biennale,2009.He is currently an Assistant Professor at the A.S.F.A.,having been in the past a visiting researcher at theColumbia University in the City of New York and in-vited to present his work in institutions such as theIUAV in Venice, the School of Visual Arts in NewYork, the Munich Academy of Fine Arts, the PalermoAcademy of Fine Arts, the University of Illinois atChicago, etc.

246

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

ADJUNCT PROFESSORS (ACCORDING TO ARTICLE 5 OF PRESIDENTIAL DECREE 407/1980)

“Scientists of established scientific merit, either holders of a doctoral degree, or displaying ex-ceptional technical skills and experience, can be hired by decision of the Rector of the Institu-tion, following a relevant recommendation by the interested Faculty, on the base of a fixed-termemployment relationship, under private legal status, in order to perform teaching, research,scientific and organisational duties defined by the relevant contract.

The above instructors, the number of whom cannot exceed the aggregate number of the ap-pointed professors of all academic ranks of said Institution, have, for the entire term of their con-tract and as far as the work assigned to them is concerned, the duties and obligations of theprofessors of the academic rank their remuneration has been assimilated with, according to theirqualifications. The term of the contract cannot exceed the duration of one Academic Year.”

Surname & Name

Antonopoulou AikateriniApostolou AthanassiosDeligianni Patricia-EvgeniaDermatis CharalambosDiamantopoulos TaxiarchisDimitriadi NefeliGinossatis DimitriosKassapakis VlassiosKavvathas DionyssiosKoukos DimitriosKoumbis PanagiotisMelanitis IoannisMessinis IoannisPatsourakis EftychiosPsarrou VassilikiRaftopoulos Fotios

Rentzis Athanassios

Sevastikoglou PetrosSideris Nikolaos

no

123456789

10111213141516

17

1819

Academic discipline

Technical support of interactive artworksCombined & Audiovisual Media StudioGraphic arts, Computer-aided designPrintmakingDigital sound processingInternet artMedia Aesthetics and PhilosophyCultural Informatics & CommunicationMedia Aesthetics and PhilosophyPaintingTheory of SpaceSculpture by means of digital mediaPaintingPaintingStage design3D graphics – Animation, Integrated Digital SensorSystems Studio, Multimedia applications in artAesthetics of Cinema and the Audiovisual media /Media forms and evolutionScreenplay – Film directingVisual creation and the artist’s fantasy

ADJUNCT PROFESSORS

247

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

SPECIALISED & LABORATORY TEACHING STAFF(S&LT STAFF)The members of the S&LT Staff perform special and/or laboratorial/applied teaching dutiesat the Higher Education Institutions. They are hired, following an open call, for a 3-year fixedterm, following the expiration of which their performance is assessed, in order for them to bepermanently appointed.

Surname & Name

Simitis MariosSkantzis KonstantinosSotirchos Stavros

Stratou DanaiTiligadis KonstantinosTotskas GeorgiosZacharopoulos DenysZouroudis Dimitrios

no

202122

2324252627

Academic discipline

Painting – New mediaWoodworking studioMultimedia systems, Interactive digital objects,Introduction to ProgrammingSculptureMultimedia & 3D graphics – Animation PhotographyResearch methodologyInteractive digital objects

ADJUNCT PROFESSORS

Surname & Name

Athanassiou AikateriniLoukidis LoukasMerambeliotis EmmanouilStamoulis IoannisTsolis KonstantinosVoutsas AlexandrosZoi Stavroula

no

1234567

Academic discipline

Teaching SculptureTeaching Sculpture techniquesTeaching Painting techniquesTeaching Painting techniquesTeaching Painting techniquesSpecialisation in PhotographySpecialised technical laboratorial support and appliedteaching work in the context of the Multimedia-Hyper-media studio course

S&LT STAFF

248

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

SPECIALISED TECHNICAL LABORATORY STAFF(STL STAFF)The members of the STL Staff, or technical assistants, have a fundamental contribution to theoperation of a Higher Education Institution; they provide specialised technical laboratorial services,ensuring that the Institution’s teaching, research and applied work is performed in the best possibleterms. They are hired for a 5-year fixed term, following the expiration of which their performance isassessed, in order for them to be permanently appointed.

DETACHED FROM THE SECONDARY EDUCATION

Surname & Name

Anastassiadou Ourania

Specialisation

Sign language for students withhearing impairment

Division

PaintingSculpturePrintmaking

Surname & Name

Bakas KonstantinosKarapli-Khachaturian PanagiotaKokonaki AggelikiMaggos EfstathiosMetsovitis Pavlos

Paltoglou PavlosTselepi EiriniVanellis Dimitrios

no

12345

678

Specialisation

TypesetterPhotographyMosaicTypographerCleaning & maintenanceof Printmaking equipmentCeramics

Library science

Division

PrintmakingPrintmakingPaintingPrintmakingPrintmaking

Sculpture

Department of Fine Arts

SLT STAFF

249

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

10. A

CADE

MIC

STA

FF O

F TH

E DE

PART

MEN

T OF

FIN

E AR

TS

PROFESSORS EMERITI & HONORARY PROFESSORSThe title of Professor Emeritus is awarded by the Special Composition Senate, following arecommendation by –at least– three (3) members of the Teaching & Research Staff (T&R Staff) ofthe Institution, to the members of the T&R Staff who are retiring at the rank of (full) professor,taking into consideration their overall contribution and the work accomplished.The title of Professor Emeritus has been conferred to the following professors:

Chronis Botsoglou Professor of PaintingAthanassios Exarchopoulos Professor of PrintmakingDimosthenis Kokkinidis Professor of PaintingSavvas Kontaratos Professor of Theory of Space –

History of ArchitectureMarina Lambraki-Plaka Professor of History of ArtNiki Louizidi Professor of History of ArtPanagiotis-Stamatis Metaxas Professor of PaintingGeorgios Milios Professor of PrintmakingDimitrios Mytaras Professor of PaintingEfthymios Panourgias Professor of SculptureNafsika Panselinou-Koumbaraki Professor of History of ArtTheodoros Papagiannis Professor of SculptureAikaterini Papaspyrou-Vardaka Professor of PaintingPanagiotis Tetsis Professor of PaintingIoannis Valavanidis Professor of PaintingGeorgios Ziakas Professor of Stage Design

The title of Honorary Professor is granted by the Senate. The procedure for awarding this title isspecified in the Internal Rules of Operation of each H.E.I. (in the case of the A.S.F.A., a committeefor drawing a plan of the Internal Rules of Operation has been formed).The title of Honorary Professor has been conferred to Jannis Kounellis.

HONORARY DOCTORSThe title of Honorary Doctor (a doctoral degree honoris causa) is granted by the Department’sGeneral Assembly to “Greek or foreign citizens who have excelled in Science or in the Arts &Letters, or have provided valuable services to the Nation or the Institution”. The title is conferredduring an open ceremony, attended by the entire academic community.

The title of Honorary Doctor has been awarded to the world-renowned art historians and theoristsMessrs Denys Zacharopoulos and Christos M. Joachimides.

Gene

ral In

form

atio

nA.

S.F.

A. a

dmin

istr

ativ

e se

rvic

es /

Con

tact

info

rmat

ion

/ Lo

cati

on –

Cam

puse

s

251

A.S.F.A. ADMINISTRATIVESERVICES

The A.S.F.A. Administrative Staff consists offifty eight (58) civil servants manning its ad-ministrative, financial, and technical services.The A.S.F.A. administrative services are struc-tured in administrative units according to thefollowing organigramme:

General Directorate of AdministrativeServicesIt is responsible for promoting the process to-wards modernising the Institution’s services,in the context of the goals set and decisionsmade by the Institution’s governing bodies, aswell as for programming the activities and co-ordinating the operation of the following:a) Directorate of Administration &Personnel b) Directorate of Financial Administration c) Directorate of Academic Affairs d) Network Administration & OfficeAutomation Directoratee) Independent Office of RectorialAuthorities & Public Relations

Library DirectorateIt operates as an independent and decen-tralised service.

Independent Art Gallery, Exhibitions, Photo-graphic Archives & Documentation of theA.S.F.A. Collections DepartmentIndependent Department of Technical Services Senate SecretariatRector’s Council SecretariatAcademic Departments SecretariatsResearch Funds Special Account Secretariat

The State Legal Service also runs a Legal Ad-viser Office within the A.S.F.A.

CONTACTINFORMATION

RECTORIAL AUTHORITIESRectorGeorgios HarvaliasAssociate Professor+30 210 3897121+30 210 3897122+30 210 3897163Email: [email protected]

Vice-Rectorof Academic Affairs,Research, and PersonnelPanagiotis CharalambousProfessor+30 210 3897153+30 210 4801238Email: [email protected]

Vice-Rectorof Financial Programming, Development, andInternational RelationsManolis BaboussisAssociate Professor+30 210 3897153+30 210 4801248Email: [email protected]

252

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

Surname & Name

Aggelidou DaphneAntonopoulos AggelisArfaras MichailArvanitis ZachariasAthanassiou AikateriniBaboussis ManolisBakas KonstantinosBetsou VassilikiChandris PantelisCharalambous PanagiotisChristakis AnastassiosDaskalothanassis Nikolaos

Denissi Sofia-Lambrini

Dialla Antonia

Georgilakis Markos

Gourzis IoannisHarvalias GeorgiosHouliaras GeorgiosIoannidis Andreas

Karapli-KhachaturianPanagiotaKaratzoglou Ioannis

Kazazis GeorgiosKokonaki Aggeliki

Kontaratos IoannisKotsiou KonstantinaLappas GeorgiosLazongas Georgios-ThomasLinardou Kallirroi

Academic Field

MosaicPaintingPrintmakingPaintingSculpturePrintmakingPrintmakingPaintingPaintingPaintingPaintingModern & ContemporaryArt

History of Art & ArtCriticism

European Early Modern &Modern History

Plaster working – Bronzecasting – Toreutic artPrintmakingP.S.P. “Digital forms of Art”SculptureModern & ContemporaryGreek Art (19th century topresent day)Printmaking (Photography)

Theory of Space / Historyof Architecture

PaintingMosaic

PaintingPrintmakingSculpturePaintingByzantine & WesternMedieval Art History

Office Phone Number(Country calling code: +30)

210 4801309210 4801224210 4801275210 4801224210 4801225210 4801248210 4801270-272210 4801242-230210 4801238210 4801238210 4801219210 4801271-178

210 4801294

210 4801275210 4801230 210 4801225210 4801271-278

210 4801272

210 4801220

210 4801309

210 4801219210 4801275210 4801260210 4801240

Academic Rank

Assistant Prof.Associate Prof.ProfessorProfessorS&LT StaffAssociate Prof.STL Staff LecturerLecturerProfessorProfessorAssociate Prof.,Department of Art Theory& History of ArtAssistant Prof.,Department of Art Theory& History of ArtAssistant Prof.,Department of Art Theory& History of ArtAssistant Prof.

Assistant Prof.Associate Prof.ProfessorAssociate Prof.,Department of Art Theory& History of ArtSTL Staff

Assistant Prof.,Department of Art Theory& History of ArtAssistant Prof.STL Staff – PermanentlyappointedLecturerAssistant Prof.ProfessorProfessorLecturer, Department of ArtTheory & History of Art

A.S.F.A. ACADEMIC STAFF (T&R STAFF, S&LT STAFF, STL STAFF)

253

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

Surname & Name

Liti AfroditiLoukidis LoukasMaggos EfstathiosManoussakis MichailMerambeliotis EmmanouilMetsovitis PavlosNavridis NikolaosPaltoglou PavlosPatraskidis TriantafyllosPeirounidis ApostolosPezanou EfthaliaPoulos Panagiotis

Psychopedis JannisSakellion DimitriosSalla-DokoumetzidiAikateriniSamios Pavlos

Santorinaios MatthaiosSchina MarySiamkouri MagdaliniSkaltsas IoannisSpiliopoulos MariosStamoulis IoannisSylogidou StellaTranos NikolaosTsalamata VassilikiTselepi EiriniTsolis KonstantinosTzakos AristotelisVerveti AndriannaVidali-Lambrinakou Leoni

Vlastaras VassileiosVoutsas AlexandrosXagoraris ZafeirisXiropaïdis Georgios

Zika FoteiniZoi Stavroula

Academic Field

SculptureSculpturePrintmakingPaintingPaintingPrintmakingPaintingSculpturePaintingPrintmakingStage designPhilosophy & Aesthetics

PaintingPaintingTeaching Art

Fresco & Portable iconstechniqueMultimediaPrintmakingPaintingPaintingPaintingPaintingSculptureSculpturePrintmaking

PaintingPaintingSculpturePrintmaking & Specialisa-tion in Graphic ArtsPaintingPhotographyPaintingHistory of Philosophical& Aesthetic Ideas(18th-20th c.)Philosophy & Theory of ArtMultimedia

Office Phone Number(Country calling code: +30)

210 4801225210 4801268210 4801152210 4801276210 4801240210 4801275

210 4801226210 4801239210 4801275

210 4801260

210 4801243210 4801236210 4801220

210 4801244

210 4801242210 4801275210 4801224210 4801243210 4801243210 4801238210 4801260210 4801268-225210 4801275210 4801271-278210 4801236210 4801240210 4801268210 4801270-272

210 4801239210 4801248-249-250210 4801238

210 4801242

Academic Rank

Associate Prof.S&LT StaffSTL Staff Associate Prof.S&LT Staff STL Staff ProfessorSTL Staff ProfessorAssistant Prof.Assistant Prof.Assistant Prof., Departmentof Art Theory & History of ArtProfessorProfessorAssociate Prof., Departmentof Art Theory & History of ArtAssistant Prof.

Assistant Prof.Assistant Prof.LecturerAssistant Prof.ProfessorS&LT Staff LecturerAssistant Prof.Associate Prof.STL Staff S&LT StaffAssociate Prof.LecturerAssociate Prof.

LecturerS&LT Staff Assistant Prof.Professor, Department of ArtTheory & History of Art

Assistant Prof.S&LT Staff

A.S.F.A. ACADEMIC STAFF (T&R STAFF, S&LT STAFF, STL STAFF)

254

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

GENERAL DIRECTOR(& Erasmus Office)

DIRECTOR

Personnel Department

Administration Department (registry)Patission campuscaretakers’ officePireos campuscaretakers’ officeCleaning crew

Delphi Annex

Hydra AnnexMithymna (Lesbos) AnnexMykonos Annex

Rethymno AnnexRhodes Annex

Accounting Department

Payroll Department

Supplies Department –Head

Bequests & Assets Depart-ment – Head

Asimakopoulou ChristinaPanetis GeorgiosGogomitrou AthinaSaïti Dimitra Lyrakos Kyriakos Tsamopoulos PavlosVassilakis Georgios

Vartholomaiou Aikaterini

210 3897116210 3897104210 3897111210 3897119210 3897142210 3897151210 3897107210 4801260

210 3897106210 4801215

[email protected]@[email protected]

[email protected]

[email protected]

Phone numbers(Country calling code: +30)

210 3897127Fax: 210 3829804

Email

[email protected]@asfa.gr

Surname & Name

Tzianalou Rolanda

Nikolopoulos Nikolaos

Tsantila ValeriaCharapi AnnaZamanis NikolaosKappatos NikolaosKapis FilipposTsamopoulos NikolaosAnastassopoulou Antonia

Xirogianni Tychi

Psychas EfstathiosNikou EfrossiniLembessi AnastassiaKaratsalos DionyssiosVamvakouris Stelios

Chalkiadakis MichalisTemporarily out of operation

210 3897101Fax: 210 3826704210 3897102210 3897154210 3897120210 3897115210 3897109Fax: 210 3301671210 4801259-260Fax: 210 4801666210 3897150

22650 82274 22650 8215622980 5229122530 7123822890 5229122890 2344022890 2228928310 2208822410 22096

[email protected]


A.S.F.A. ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

DIRECTORATE OF FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION

GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

DIRECTORATE OF PERSONNEL & ADMINISTRATION

255

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

DIRECTORDepartment of Studies &Student Welfare – Head

Department of Interna-tional Relations,Educational Programmes &Cultural Exchanges

Network AdministrationDepartment

Independent Department ofTechnical Services – HeadArchitectArchitectMechanical EngineerCivil EngineerSecretary of T.S.Electricians

Independent ArtGallery, Exhibitions, Photographic Archives & Docu-mentation of the A.S.F.A. Collections Department(subordinated to the Library)

Mitsaki EleniVetta FoteiniLolos NikolaosStathatos FotiosIoannou-Sartzi KonstantinaKoikas Christos

Paraskevopoulos Andreas

210 8838140Fax: 210 8838101210 8838140210 8818048210 8838130210 8838160210 4801260210 3897109 210 4801260210 3897109

210 4801206

[email protected]@[email protected]@[email protected]

210 3897148210 3897129Fax: 210 3820060

210 3897156210 3897131

210 3897161

210 4801202

210 4801209210 4801212210 4801207210 4801211210 4801205



[email protected]


[email protected]@[email protected]@[email protected]

Kanellou KalliopiTokkas Konstantinos

Papageorgiou MariaHakim Doris

Eleftheratou Elissavet

Matsakis Minos

Vanellis Dimitrios Georgouli ChrysanthiKombolyti MarinaMamalinga MariaPathiakaki Eleana


NETWORK ADMINISTRATION & OFFICE AUTOMATION DIRECTORATE

LIBRARY DIRECTORATE

INDEPENDENT DEPARTMENTS & OFFICES

DIRECTORATE OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

256

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

EmailPhone numbers(Country calling code: +30)

Surname & Name

Independent Office ofRectorial Authorities &Public Relations

Senate &Rector’s Council Secretariat– Secretary

Research Funds SpecialAccount Secretariat

Careers Office

Department of Fine ArtsSecretariat – Secretary

Postgraduate StudiesProgrammes SecretariatDepartment of Art Theory& History of Art Secretariat– Secretary

A.S.F.A. University Press –HeadTypography studio

Rector’s driverTositsa str. gatepost Restaurant in 256, Pireos str.

INDEPENDENT DEPARTMENTS & OFFICES

210 3897121210 3897163Fax: 210 3817156

210 3897108

210 3897126210 3897128Fax: 210 3828028

210 3897130210 3897100210 3897159210 3897158

Fax: 210 3824040

210 3897143210 3897123210 3897117210 3897118210 3897110

210 3897157

210 3897113Fax: 210 3801298

210 3897141under transfer

210 3897155

210 3897152

210 3897163210 3897135210 3897302

[email protected]

[email protected]


[email protected]@[email protected]@asfa.gr


[email protected]

[email protected]

[email protected]

[email protected]

Psarri Aspa

Spyropoulou Konstantina

Tsakiridou CharikleiaFelidou Maria

Pappas DimitrisPapadopoulos IraklisKarympaka ElenaPanagiotopoulos Dimitris

Katra MariaKlamaria ArchontoulaMarangaki KyriakiPapadimitriou IoannaPetropoulou Eleni

Karma Evi

Moupassiridou Sofia

Mavraeidi AikateriniGritzapi Fragka

Vidali-Lambrinakou LeoniAssociate Prof.Maggos Efstathios

Bekris Konstantinos


257

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

EmailPhone numbers(Country calling code: +30)

Surname & Name

The two campuses of the A.S.F.A. are lo-cated as follows:

42, Patission str., 106 82, AthensThe building on Patission str. houses theRector’s Office, the Administrative Serv-ices, the two Departments’ Secretariats,the Research Funds Special AccountSecretariat, the A.S.F.A. University Press,and the historical Typography Studio. Anapartment on 39, Ioulianou str. housesthe A.S.F.A. Technical Service.

Transportation:I.S.A.P. / Athens Metro: Omonoia stationTrolleybuses: Νοs 3, 5, 6, 7, 11, 13.Buses: Nos 022, 054, 224, 622, Α8, Β8, Γ8 Bus stop: “Polytechneio” (N.T.U.A.)

256, Pireos str., 182 33, RentisThe Pireos str. complex houses all theArt Studios, the lecture halls for all the-oretical courses of both Departments,the “Master in Digital Art forms” and“Master in Visual Arts” PostgraduateStudies Programmes, the Library, the“Nikos Kessanlis” exhibition venue,the “Giorgio de Chirico” auditorium,the theatre and cinema halls, theteaching staff offices, the cafeteriaand the restaurant.

Transportation:I.S.A.P.: Kallithea stationBuses: Νοs 049, 914. Bus terminus: in Athinas str.,near Omonoia square.Bus stop: “Anotati Scholi Kalon Technon” (A.S.F.A.)

Apart from the above two campuses,the A.S.F.A. also performs its educa-tional work in its Annexes aroundGreece.

“PREVELAKIS” CONFERENCE HALL

DIRECTORATE OF ACADEMICAFFAIRS (DEPARTMENT OFSTUDIES & STUDENT WELFARE)

RECTOR’S SECRETARIAT

RECTOR’S OFFICE

VICE-RECTORS’ OFFICE

SENATE & RECTOR’S COUNCILSECRETARIAT, ERASMUS OFFICE

GENERAL DIRECTOR –DIRECTORATE OF FINANCIALADMINISTRATION, CAREERS OFFICE

DIRECTORATE OF ADMINISTRATION

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTSSECRETARIAT

DIRECTORATE OF FINANCIALADMINISTRATIONDIRECTORATE OF FINANCIALADMINISTRATION, RESEARCH FUNDSSPECIAL ACCOUNT SECRETARIAT

DEPARTMENT OF ART THEORY &HISTORY OF ART SECRETARIAT

CARETAKERS

GATE POST

BASEMENT-----HISTORICAL TYPOGRAPHY STUDIO

43

5

6

7

821

9

10

11

12

TO

SS

ITS

A S

TR

.

N .T.U.A.

PATISSION STR. (28 OCTOBER STR.)

ENTRANCE

42, Patission str.

1

2

3

4

5

9

10

11

12

6

7

8

LOCATION – CAMPUSES

258

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

BU IL D I NG 2AGROUND FLOOR-----RESTAURANT, LIBRARYNETWORK CENTRE1st FLOOR-----8th PAINTING STUDIOARCHITECTURAL DRAWING HALLLECTURE HALL

BU IL D I NG 2B“DE CHIRICO” AUDITORIUMGRAPHIC ARTS – TYPOGRAPHY STUDIOOFFICES

BU IL D I NG 2CGROUND FLOOR-----1st PRINTMAKING STUDIO2nd PRINTMAKING STUDIO1st FLOOR-----4th PAINTING STUDIO7th PAINTING STUDIO

BU IL D I NG 2DBASEMENT-----THEATRE, CINEMA HALLSPHOTOGRAPHY STUDIOW.C.GROUND FLOOR-----MOSAIC STUDIOVIDEO ART – MULTIMEDIA STUDIOELEMENTS OF PAINTING STUDIO3rd PAINTING STUDIO5th PAINTING STUDIOW.C.1st FLOOR-----METALWORKING WORKSHOPSTAGE DESIGN STUDIOFRESCO & PORTABLE ICONS TECHNIQUESTUDIO2nd PAINTING STUDIO6th PAINTING STUDIO9th PAINTING STUDIOCANTEEN, W.C.

BU IL D I NG 3AGROUND FLOOR-----3rd SCULPTURE STUDIOMETALWORKING WORKSHOPDRAWING STUDIOBRONZE CASTING – PLASTER WORKING STUDIOWOODWORKING WORKSHOPW.C.1st FLOOR-----“DIGITAL ART FORMS” P.S.P.1st PAINTING STUDIO

3B

3Α

2D

4

5Α

2C

2Β

2Α

NAMELESS STREET

“WOODEN HALL”

MULTI-PURPOSE VENUE

GARDEN

PARKING

TSAOUSSOGLOU

FACTORY

LIBRARY

(UNDER CONSTRUCTION)

CHIMNEY

FO

UN

DA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

HE

LL

EN

IC W

OR

LD

SIK

IAR

IDI

ST

R.

(DE

AD

EN

D)

TO PIRAEUS

ENTRANCE

EXITP I R E O S S T R .

MONUMENT

TO ATHENS

256, Pireos str.

BUI L D I NG 3BGROUND FLOOR-----2nd SCULPTURE STUDIOCERAMICS STUDIOMARBLE-WORKING WORKSHOP1st FLOOR-----“VISUAL ARTS” P.S.P.

BU IL D I NG 4“NIKOS KESSANLIS” EXHIBITION VENUE

BU IL D I NG 5A1st SCULPTURE STUDIO

CARETAKERS

SECURITY GUARDS’ OFFICE

259

ATHE

NSSC

HOOL

OFFI

NEAR

TS/

11. G

ENER

AL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

The 2011-2012 Academic Catalog of the Departmentof Fine Arts of the A.S.F.A. was printed and bound in 500copies by DEKALOGOS, Graphic Arts, in January 2012.

ATHENS SCHOOL OF FINE ARTSDEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS

42, Patission str., 106 82, Athens, GreeceT: +30 210 3897109

+30 210 3897143+30 210 3897121

F: +30 210 3828028Email: [email protected], [email protected]

256, Pireos str., 182 33, Rentis, Athens, GreeceT: +30 210 4801260

www.asfa.gr

ΙsBn: 978-960-6842-13-9

Athen

s scho

ol o

f fine Arts

/ DePArtM

ent o

f fine Arts

Documents

Academic Catalog 2011 - 2012